2006-06-01 Panayotis Papasotiriou <papasot@physics.upatras.gr>

[lyx.git] / lib / doc / Extended.lyx

#LyX 1.4.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 245
\begin_document
\begin_header
\textclass book
\begin_preamble
\usepackage{multicol}
\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}}
\end_preamble
\language english
\inputencoding latin1
\fontscheme default
\graphics default
\paperfontsize default
\spacing single
\papersize default
\use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0
\cite_engine basic
\use_bibtopic false
\paperorientation portrait
\secnumdepth 3
\tocdepth 3
\paragraph_separation indent
\defskip medskip
\quotes_language english
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle headings
\tracking_changes false
\output_changes true
\end_header

\begin_body

\begin_layout Title
Extended LyX Features
\end_layout

\begin_layout Author
by the LyX Team
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
Principal maintainer of this file is
\noun on
 Mike Ressler
\noun default
.
 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX
 Documentation mailing list, <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\emph on
Extended LyX Features
\emph default
 manual, which you are now reading, is essentially Part II of the 
\emph on
User's Guide\SpecialChar \@.

\emph default
 The reason for splitting this document is simple: the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
 is already huge, and it contains all of the basic features one needs to
 know in order to prepare most documents.
 However, the LyX Team has a long-term goal of making LyX extensible through
 various configuration files and external packages.
 That means that if you want to support the Fizzwizzle LaTeX package, you
 can create a layout file for it without having to alter LyX itself.
 We've already had contributions of several new features this way.
 This is the place where all of that gets documented.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This manual also documents some special features, like fax support, version
 control, and SGML support, which require additional software to work properly.
 Lastly, there's a chapter of LaTeX tools and tips, things you can use to
 spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of LaTeX.
 After all, LyX 
\emph on
is
\emph default
 only WYSIWYM, and will only ever interface to certain LaTeX features.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Of course, with all of this extra documentation, 
\emph on
Extended LyX Features
\emph default
 may itself grow too big for its britches.
 In that case, you can just call it the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Overextended Manual
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 for fun!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you haven't read the 
\emph on
Introduction 
\emph default
yet, you are definitely in the wrong manual.
 The 
\emph on
Introduction
\emph default
 is the first place to go, since it will direct you to the correct manual,
 and it also describes the notation and format of all of the manuals.
 You should also be thoroughly familiar with the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
 and all of the basic features of LyX.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In this document, many sections are independent articles contributed by
 an individual and are noted as such.
 This person is generally whoever wrote the layout file for the new document
 class or LaTeX package, or implemented the feature.
 If there is no mention of an author to a chapter [or chapter sections],
 that means it was written by the LyX Documentation Team.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Since all the topics in this manual depend heavily on LyX's interaction
 with LaTeX, this first chapter covers
\emph on
 
\emph default
the inner workings of LyX and how to direct LyX to generate exactly the
 LaTeX code you want.
 It is obviously for more seasoned LyX users.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
LyX and LaTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
How LyX Uses LaTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex}

\end_inset

This chapter is for both TeX-nicians and the LaTeX-curious.
 In it, we'll explain how LyX and LaTeX work together to produce printable
 output.
 This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something
 about LaTeX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
At one time, we called LyX a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

WYSIWYM frontend to LaTeX,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 but that's no longer true.
 There are frontends to LaTeX out there.
 They are basically editors with the ability to run LaTeX and mark any errors
 in the file you're editing.
 Although LyX 
\emph on
is
\emph default
 an editor, and it 
\emph on
does
\emph default
 run LaTeX, and it also marks errors in the file, it also does much, much
 more.
 Thanks to the WYSIWYM concept, you don't need LaTeX to use LyX effectively.
 LyX has also added a few extensions to LaTeX.
 Try the following sometime: select 
\family sans
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LaTeX
\family default
 from the 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile
\family default
 menu, then look at the preamble of the resulting 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file.
 You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by LyX.
 These macros are defined automatically, according to the features you use
 in the document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are several commands that automatically invoke LaTeX.
 They are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
\bar under
V
\bar default
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
View\InsetSpace ~

\emph on
Format
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
\bar under
V
\bar default
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
U
\bar default
pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\emph on
Format
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile
\bar under
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
P
\bar default
rint
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile
\bar under
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
F
\bar default
ax
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
They will only invoke LaTeX if the file has changed since the last time
 LaTeX was run.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you run LaTeX on the file you're editing, LyX performs these steps:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Convert the document to LaTeX and save to a file with the extension 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 in place of 
\family typewriter
.lyx
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Run LaTeX on the 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file (maybe several times).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
If there are any errors, insert error boxes in the document to mark where
 they are.
 These boxes are transient and are not saved along with the document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you've run LaTeX using 
\family sans
View\InsetSpace ~
DVI
\family default
, LyX then executes 
\family typewriter
xdvi
\family default
 on the Dvi file.
 If you've used 
\family sans
View\InsetSpace ~
PostScript
\family default
 or 
\family sans
\bar under
P
\bar default
rint
\family default
, LyX performs two more steps:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Run 
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
 to convert the Dvi file to PostScript®:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
For 
\family sans
View\InsetSpace ~
PostScript
\family default
, the output file has the extension 
\family typewriter
.ps_tmp
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
For 
\family sans
\bar under
P
\bar default
rint
\family default
\InsetSpace ~
, the output file has the extension 
\family typewriter
.ps
\family default
, as expected.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Execute 
\family typewriter
ghostview
\family default
 or send the PostScript® file to the printer.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Help! LyX generated an unreadable 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Die-hard LaTeX users will scream and howl this into the night, then declare
 LyX useless, simply because they didn't RTFM.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We're going to set the record straight.
 LyX produces two kinds of LaTeX files.
 One is human readable.
 The other is LyX readable.
 Every time LyX executes LaTeX, it produces a LaTeX file that it can easily
 scan for errors.
 The resulting 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file is not human readable.
 Don't even try to read it.
 If you want a 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file that you can send to a colleague, select 
\family sans
\bar under
E
\bar default
xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
L
\bar default
aTeX
\family default
 from the 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile
\family default
 menu.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Translating LaTeX files into LyX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can import a LaTeX file into LyX by using the 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
I
\bar default
mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
L
\bar default
aTeX
\family default
 command in LyX.
 This will call a Perl script named 
\family typewriter
reLyX
\family default
---which will create a file 
\family typewriter
foo.lyx
\family default
 from the file 
\family typewriter
foo.tex
\family default
---and then open that file.
 If the translation doesn't work, you can try calling 
\family typewriter
reLyX
\family default
 from the command line, possibly using fancier options.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter
reLyX
\family default
 will translate most legal LaTeX, but not everything.
 It will leave things it doesn't understand in TeX mode, so after translating
 a file with 
\family typewriter
reLyX
\family default
, you can look for red text and hand-edit it to look right.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter
reLyX
\family default
 has its own section in the 
\emph on
Extended Features
\emph default
 manual (as well as a Unix manpage equivalent), which you should read to
 find out about what LaTeX isn't supported, bugs (and how to get around
 them), and how to use the various options.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you can't get 
\family typewriter
reLyX
\family default
 to work, or you just want to put a piece of LaTeX code into a LyX file,
 see Section
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes}

\end_inset

 This is a rather important point: You can always insert LaTeX code into
 any LyX document.
 LyX simply cannot, and will probably never be able to, display every possible
 LaTeX construct.
 If ever you need to insert LaTeX commands into your LyX document, you can
 use the ERT box, which you can insert into your document with 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
T
\bar default
eX
\family default
.
 The ERT box comes in three forms: collapsed, open, and inlined.
 The first two are used just like any other collapsable (foldable) box (such
 as footnotes), and are useful for significant amounts of LaTeX commands.
 An 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

inlined
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 ERT box displays its content as part of the button, and is useful for very
 short sections of LaTeX commands.
 
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard

% like this
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can switch between all three by right-clicking on the ERT.
 Note that if you want more than one line of LaTeX commands, you cannot
 use the inlined mode.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here's an example of inserting LaTeX commands in a LyX document.
 The code looks like this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
begin{tabular}{ll}
\newline

\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\newline
This is an example for a minipage environment.
 You 
\newline
can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) 
\newline
figures and tables.
 
\newline

\backslash
end{minipage}
\newline
&
\newline

\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\newline

\backslash
begin{verbatim}
\newline

\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\newline
This ...
 
\newline

\backslash
end{minipage}
\newline

\backslash
end{verbatim}
\newline

\backslash
end{minipage}
\newline

\backslash
end{tabular}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The ERT box containing this text is directly after this paragraph.
 Those of you reading the manual online will only see a bunch of funky text
 in red.
 Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{tabular}{ll}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

This is an example for a minipage environment.
 You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{minipage}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

&
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{verbatim}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

This ...
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{minipage}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{verbatim}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{minipage}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{tabular}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In addition to these two methods, you can also create a separate file containing
 some complex LaTeX structure.
 You can then use 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Chil
\bar under
d
\bar default
\InsetSpace ~
Document
\family default
 to include your file (you should select the type 
\family sans
Input
\family default
).
 We recommend that you only do this if you have a 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file which you 
\emph on
know
\emph default
 works already.
 Otherwise, you'll have a big job tracking down LaTeX errors\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are a few last notes to emphasize:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Inside of LyX, LaTeX code appears 
\emph on
in red
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
LyX 
\emph on
does not
\emph default
 check if your LaTeX code is correct.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Beware reinventing the wheel.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
That last note refers to two things.
 First, LyX does have quite a few features tucked into it, and more are
 coming.
 Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that LyX doesn't have such-and-such
 feature before you go off merrily coding LaTeX.
 Second, there are numerous LaTeX packages out there to do all sorts of
 things, from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables.
 Check out a CTAN site for details (see Section 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Requirements
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
).
\begin_inset Foot
status open

\begin_layout Standard
Note from 
\noun on
John Weiss
\noun default
: I seem to do this an awful lot.
 Sat down and merrily began coding something to print out labels, only to
 learn that there were already 2 different LaTeX packages to do this.
 Worse yet --- I had them already!
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document, be
 sure to check out a good LaTeX book for assistance.
 There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are a number of LaTeX commands which have to be placed before the
 beginning of the actual text.
 They go into the preamble, and this is explained in the next section.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
About the LaTeX Preamble
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble}

\end_inset

If you already know LaTeX, there is no need to explain here what the preamble
 is good for.
 If you don't, the following will give you some ideas --- we recommend again
 that you consult a LaTeX book for further information.
 In any case, you should read the points below, because they explain what
 you can do and what you don't need to do in the LaTeX preamble of a LyX
 document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The LaTeX preamble comes at the very beginning of a document, 
\emph on
before 
\emph default
the text.
 It serves to:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
declare the document class.
 LyX already does this for you.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
If you're a seasoned LaTeX-nician, and you have some custom document class
 you want to use, check out the 
\emph on
Customization Manual
\emph default
 for information on how to make LyX interface to it.
 Be sure to submit your efforts to the LyX Team for inclusion in future
 versions!
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
declare the usage of packages.
 LaTeX packages provide special commands, which are only available within
 a document when the package has been declared in the preamble.
 For example, the
\family typewriter
 
\family default
package 
\family typewriter
indentfirst
\family default
 forces all paragraphs to be indented.
 There are other packages for labels, envelopes, margins, etc.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
set counters, variables, lengths and widths.
 There are several LaTeX counters and variables which 
\emph on
must
\emph default
 be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect.
 [There are other variables which you can set and reset inside the document,
 too.] Margins are a good example of something which must be set in the preamble.
 Another example is the label format for lists.
 You can actually set these just about anywhere, but it's best to do it
 just once, inside the preamble.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
declare user defined commands [with 
\family typewriter

\backslash
newcommand 
\family default
or 
\family typewriter

\backslash
renewcommand
\family default
], mostly abbreviations for LaTeX commands which appear very often inside
 a document.
 Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands, they 
\emph on
can
\emph default
 be declared anywhere else [but 
\emph on
before
\emph default
 they are used for the first time, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
].
 This can be useful if there is a lot of raw LaTeX code in your document,
 which normally should not be the case.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file it produces.
 This makes LaTeX files generated by LyX portable.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Changing the Preamble
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The commands which LyX adds to the preamble of a LaTeX file are fixed; you
 can't change them without patching LyX itself.
 You can, however, add your own stuff to the preamble.
 There are two ways to do this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Select 
\family sans
\bar under
L
\bar default
aTeX\InsetSpace ~

\bar under
P
\bar default
reamble
\family default
 from the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument
\family default
 menu, or via the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument
\family default
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family sans
\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 dialog, depending on your frontend.
 Note that the LyX keybindings will not work in this dialog, alas.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Use the preamble contents you've added as your default template (see 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Basic LyX Setup
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
), so that it will be the default preamble for any file you create.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX adds anything in the 
\family sans
\bar under
P
\bar default
reamble
\family default
 dialog to its own built-in preamble.
 Before adding your own declarations in the preamble, you should make sure
 that LyX doesn't already support what you want to do (remember what we
 said about reinventing the wheel?).
 Also, 
\emph on
make sure your preamble code is correct
\emph default
.
 LyX doesn't check it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Examples
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble, and what they
 do:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example #1: Offsets
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are two variables under LaTeX that control page position: 
\family typewriter

\backslash
hoffset
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
voffset
\family default
.
 Their names should be self-explanatory.
 These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels.
 Sometimes, the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you
 can actually print on aren't the same.
 This is where 
\family typewriter

\backslash
hoffset
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
voffset
\family default
 come in.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The default values for 
\family typewriter

\backslash
hoffset
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
voffset
\family default
 are both 0 pt.,\InsetSpace ~
i.\InsetSpace ~
e.\InsetSpace ~
the page isn't shifted.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Unfortunately, some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page.
 We have no idea why, or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior.
 If you're using LyX on a system that you don't personally maintain, and
 your sysadmin is a doofus, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
hoffset
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
voffset
\family default
 can save the day.
 Suppose you're left and top margins are always 0.5 inches too big.
 You can add this to the preamble:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
setlength{
\backslash
hoffset}{-0.5 in}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
setlength{
\backslash
voffset}{-0.5 in}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
and your margins should now be correct.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example #2: Labels
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Speaking of labels, suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels.
 There's a rather nice package, available at your nearest CTAN archive,
 for printing sheets of labels, called 
\family typewriter
labels.sty
\family default
.
 Now, your system may not have this package installed by default.
 We leave that up to you to check.
 You'll also want to read the documentation for it; we're not going to do
 that for you.
 Since this is an example, however, we'll give you an example of how you
 use this package.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
First, make sure you're using the 
\family sans
article 
\family default
document class.
 Next, you need to put the following in your preamble:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
usepackage{labels}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
LabelCols=3
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
LabelRows=7
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
LeftBorder=8mm
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
RightBorder=8mm
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
TopBorder=9mm
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
BottomBorder=2mm
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This sets things up for Avery® label sheets, stock #5360.
 You're now ready to print labels, but you'll need to insert LaTeX code,
 placing the commands 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{labels}
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{labels}
\family default
 around each label text.
 This and other special features of 
\family typewriter
labels.sty
\family default
 are explained in its documentation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Someday, someone may write a LyX layout file to support this package directly.
 Maybe that someone is you.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Americans are trained to indent the first line of 
\emph on
every
\emph default
 paragraph.
 As with all of their other weird quirks, most Americans will whine and
 moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Note from 
\noun on
John Weiss
\noun default
: This was written by an American --- 
\emph on
me
\emph default
! It's my perception of my fellow countrymen.
 Tough if you don't like it.
 Thpbpbpbpbpbpbpbp!
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Of course, this behavior isn't standard typography.
 In books, you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph 
\emph on
if
\emph default
 it follows another one.
 The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish
 neighboring paragraphs from one another.
 If there is no previous paragraph, for example, it follows a figure, or
 is the first paragraph in a section, then there is no special indentation.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you're a typical American, though, you don't care about such esoteric
 things; you want your indentation! Add this to the preamble:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
usepackage{indentfirst}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If your TeX distribution isn't a braindead one, you'll have this package,
 and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation you think they deserve.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example #4: This Document
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some
 of the advanced things you can do.
 You'll probably need to make the 
\family sans
\bar under
P
\bar default
reamble\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\family default
 dialog full-screen to see most of it.
 Also, there are more examples and an assortment of LaTeX 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

dirty tricks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 given in Chapter\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:secrets}

\end_inset

.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
LyX and LaTeX Errors
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When LyX calls LaTeX, it tells LaTeX to blithely ignore any errors and keep
 going.
 It then uses the log-file from the LaTeX run to do a post-mortem.
 As we stated earlier in the chapter, LyX generates two kinds of 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 files, one of which it uses to locate errors in the document.
 If there was an error someplace, LyX will put a box with the word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Error
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 at the appropriate place in the document.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
LyX will occasionally misguess where the error was.
 This will typically happen with tables, figures, math, and the preamble.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 It will also display a message alerting you to the fact that there were
 errors.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can navigate through the errors by using 
\family sans
\bar under
E
\bar default
rror
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
\bar under
N
\bar default
avigate
\family default
 menu.
 You can 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

open
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 the error-boxes and view the error message LaTeX produced by clicking on
 it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some folks also like to look at the log file directly, accessible from
\family sans
 
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
L
\bar default
aTeX\InsetSpace ~
Log\InsetSpace ~
File
\family default
.
 There are some fairly common error messages and warnings.
 We'll cover those here.
 You should look at a good LaTeX book for a complete listing.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
LaTeX Warning:
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Anything beginning with these word is a warning message for the purpose
 of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

debugging
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 the LaTeX code itself.
 You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references
 or bibliography entries, in which case, LaTeX is trying to tell you that
 you need to make another run.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can by-and-large ignore these.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
LaTeX Font Warning:
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Another warning message, this time about fonts which LaTeX couldn't find.
 The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font
 that LaTeX used.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can safely ignore these.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
Overfull 
\backslash
hbox
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
LaTeX absolutely 
\emph on
loves
\emph default
 to spew these out.
 They are warning you about lines that were too long and run past the right
 margin.
 Almost always, this is unnoticeable in the final output.
 Or, only one or two characters extend past the margin.
 LaTeX seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any
 document you write.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can ignore these stupid messages.
 Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too
 wide; just look at the output.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
Underfull 
\backslash
hbox
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Not quite as common as its cousin.
 LaTeX seems to like to print lines that are a bit too wide as opposed to
 ones that are a bit too narrow.
 We have no idea why.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can ignore these, too.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
Overfull 
\backslash
vbox
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
Underfull 
\backslash
vbox
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Warnings about troubles breaking the page.
 Once again, just look at the output.
 Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

 
\family typewriter
LaTeX Error: File 
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset

Xxxx
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset

 not found
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
The file 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Xxxx
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 isn't installed on this system.
 This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed.
 If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
usepackage{}
\family default
 command, then one of the packages LyX tried to load is missing.
 Use 
\family sans
\bar under
H
\bar default
elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
L
\bar under
a
\bar default
TeX Configuration
\family default
, to get a list of packages that LyX knows about.
 This file is updated whenever you reconfigure LyX (using 
\family sans
\bar under
T
\bar default
ools
\bar under
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
R
\bar default
econfigure
\family default
) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you 
\emph on
did
\emph default
 use the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
usepackage{}
\family default
 command, and the package in question isn't installed, you'll need to install
 it yourself.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
LaTeX Error: Unknown option
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified
 a bad or undefined option to a package.
 Check the package's documentation.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
Undefined control sequence
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
If you've inserted LaTeX code into your document, but made a typo, you'll
 get one of these.
 You may have forgotten to load a package.
 In any case, this error message usually means that you used an undefined
 command.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
There are other error and warning messages.
 Some are self-explanatory.
 These are usually LaTeX messages.
 Others are downright cryptic.
 These are actually TeX error messages, and we really have 
\emph on
no clue
\emph default
 what they mean or how to decipher them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Look at the LaTeX code you inserted for typos.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
If there are no typos, check and see that you used the command(s) correctly.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document,
 it means that there are errors in the preamble.
 Start debugging your preamble.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any LaTeX code
 to the document, the first suspect is your LaTeX distribution itself.
 Check for missing packages and install them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Okay, so there are no missing packages.
 Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in LyX? Specifically, did you
 
\emph on
misuse
\emph default
 any of them, like trying to manually insert lots of 
\family sans
Protected\InsetSpace ~
Blank
\family default
s, 
\family sans
Linebreak
\family default
s, or 
\family sans
Pagebreak
\family default
s? Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using
 the appropriate paragraph environment?
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
All right, you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options, you played by
 the rules.
 Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver? Did you do something funky inside
 a table or an equation, like inserting a graphic into a table cell?
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Do you have long sections of text where LaTeX cannot find a place to break
 a line? By default, LaTeX is rather strict about how much extra inter-word
 spacing it will add in order to break a line.
 Preferrably, you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem.
 If this isn't an option, you can wrap your text in 
\family typewriter

\backslash
sloppypar
\family default
 to make LaTeX's line breaking more, well, sloppy.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Did you go overboard with the nesting? LyX (currently) doesn't check to
 make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments.
 If you nested a bunch of environments to the 
\begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$
\end_inset

 level, that's the problem.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Okay, you didn't get any error messages, but your output looks whacked.
 If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page, you
 need to:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
rescale the figure so it fits.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
trim down the table so it fits.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If something else is wrong with the output, and you didn't try to pull anything
 fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options, we're not sure what's wrong.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
If all this doesn't help --- well, then 
\emph on
perhaps
\emph default
 you might have found a bug in LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
Supplemental Tools
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Preparing-a-Bibliography}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Mike Ressler
\noun default
 and 
\noun on
Jürgen Spitzmüller
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
STOP! If you don't know what BibTeX is, or have a reasonably good idea of
 how to use it (
\emph on
e.g.

\emph default
 setting up your own bibliographic databases), 
\emph on
run
\emph default
, do not walk, to your nearest copy of the 2nd edition of Lamport's 
\emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System
\emph default
, particularly Appendix B.
 The rest of this discussion assumes you have created a correct bibliography
 file, that you have all relevant environment variables set correctly (esp.
 
\family typewriter
BIBINPUTS
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
BSTINPUTS
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
TEXINPUTS
\family default
), and that if sufficiently desperate, you could create and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

TeX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 a LaTeX file with a BibTeX database.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For those who don't know what BibTeX is, it is a system for creating a large
 database of your most used journal references.
 For all future articles you write, you only need to include this standard
 database and reference the appropriate key to each reference.
 Even if you write only a few papers with handful of references each, it
 is well worth your time to examine BibTeX and decide whether it will be
 useful to you.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To use BibTeX with LyX, first read the 
\emph on
User Guide
\emph default
 where it describes how to insert citations.
 The basic mechanism for inserting BibTeX references is the same.
 Then, at the very end of your document, select 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List
\family default
 / 
\family sans
TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
BibTeX Reference
\family default
.
 In the resulting dialog, fill out the dialog boxes as follows: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Database: enter the name of your 
\family typewriter
.bib
\family default
 file 
\emph on
without
\emph default
 the 
\family typewriter
.bib
\family default
 extension.
 For searching multiple 
\family typewriter
.bib
\family default
 files, just enter them in the desired order, separated by commas.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Style: enter the name of your BibTeX style file *without* the 
\family typewriter
.bst
\family default
 extension.
 The default style is 
\family typewriter
plain
\family default
 (which should be included in your LaTeX distribution, so you don't have
 to worry about creating it).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For each citation, assuming that the source is in the 
\family typewriter
.bib
\family default
 file, just call 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
C
\bar default
itation Reference
\family default
 at the correct location in the text, and enter the appropriate reference
 key.
 Nothing else is required; when invoking 
\family sans
\bar under
V
\bar default
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
D
\bar default
VI
\family default
, for example, you should see that BibTex and LaTeX are invoked as needed,
 including multiple invocations of LaTeX.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Alternative Citation Styles
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Standard BibTeX uses numbers (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
g.\InsetSpace \space{}

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

[12]
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) to refer to a cited work.
 However, in many scientific disciplines, other citation styles are in use.
 The most common one is the author-year style (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
g.\InsetSpace \space{}

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Knuth 1984a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

).
 LyX supports two packages that provide this style, 
\family typewriter
natbib
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
jurabib
\family default
.
 Both packages have their own pros and cons, which cannot be listed in detail.
 If you only want to have simple author-year (or author-numerical) style
 or if you want to use one of the countless style files for natbib, than
 the established 
\family typewriter
natbib
\family default
 package is probably your choice.
 If you need special features like short title references, ibidem etc., you
 might consider the fairly new 
\family typewriter
jurabib
\family default
 package.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The handling of both packages in LyX is basically the same.
 Go to 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings 
\family default
and select the 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 pane (with the xforms frontend: the 
\family sans
Extras
\family default
 tab).
 Then select 
\family sans
Natbib
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Jurabib
\family default
.
 With both packages, you will get some extra features in the citation dialog
 and you can select the style of the reference (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Knuth 1984
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Knuth (1984)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Knuth, 1984
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

1984
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 etc.).
 Note that both packages need specifically designed style files (they both
 ship their own, while there are lots of additional style files and even
 an interactive style file builder
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
See 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/custom-bib/}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

 for 
\family typewriter
natbib
\family default
 available).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Sectionated Bibliographies
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Sectionated-Bibliographies}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you might need to divide your bibliography into several sections.
 If you are, for instance, a historian, the possibility to separate sources
 and scientific works is most likely a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

must have
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 Unfortunately, BibTeX itself does not allow you to do this.
 The good news is, though: With the help of some LaTeX packages, BibTeX
 can be extended to fit your historical needs.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As of version 1.4, LyX provides native support for one of these packages,
 Stefan Ulrich's 
\family typewriter
bibtopic
\family default
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Available from 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

 The advantage of this package (compared to other packages like 
\family typewriter
multibib
\family default
) is that you don't need to define new citation commands.
 Instead, you need to prepare different bibliographic databases which include
 the entries for the different sections of the bibliography.
 For example: If you want to divide your bibliography into the sections
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Sources
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Scientific works
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, you first need to create two bibliographic databases, e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
g.\InsetSpace \space{}

\family typewriter
sources.bib
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
scientific.bib
\family default
.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In LyX, go to 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings 
\family default
and select the 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 pane (with the xforms frontend: the 
\family sans
Extras
\family default
 tab).
 Check 
\family sans
Sectionated\InsetSpace ~
bibliography
\family default
.
 Now you can insert multiple BibTeX references (as described in section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Preparing-a-Bibliography}

\end_inset

), one for each section of your bibliography.
 Returning to our example: Insert a BibTeX reference for the database 
\family typewriter
sources.bib
\family default
 and a second one for the database 
\family typewriter
scientific.bib
\family default
.
 You are free to use the same or different styles for each section.
 Additionally, you can chose if the bibliography section should contain
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

all cited references
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of the specified database(s) (which is the default), 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

all uncited references
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 or even 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

all references
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 This might be useful if you would like to separate your bibliography into
 three sections: 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Cited sources
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Uncited sources
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Scientific works
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The titles for the sections can be added as ordinary sections or subsections.
 Since 
\family typewriter
bibtopic
\family default
 removes the bibliography title, you have manually re-add that, too (as
 a chapter* or section*, for instance).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Multiple Bibliographies
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Multiple bibliographies, e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
g.\InsetSpace \space{}
a bibliography for each section or chapter of
 the document, are not supported by BibTeX itself.
 But the 
\family typewriter
bibtopic
\family default
 package, which is used for the creation of sectionated bibliographies in
 LyX (cf.\InsetSpace ~
section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:Sectionated-Bibliographies}

\end_inset

), provides an easy way to solve this task, if you are willing to use some
 LaTeX-Code (ERT, cf.\InsetSpace ~
section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code}

\end_inset

).
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
An alternative approach is to use the 
\family typewriter
chapterbib
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter
bibunits
\family default
 package, respectively.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
First, go to 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings 
\family default
and select the 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 pane (with the xforms frontend: the 
\family sans
Extras
\family default
 tab).
 Check 
\family sans
Sectionated\InsetSpace ~
bibliography
\family default
.
 In the document, you have to enclose the sections, which shall contain
 their own bibliography (including the BibTeX reference itself), between
 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{btUnit}
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{btUnit}
\family default
 (those commands have to be inserted as ERT).
 The bibliography will contain all references which have been cited in the
 current btUnit.
 N.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
B.: If you are using this approach, then 
\emph on
every
\emph default
 citation reference has to be inside some btUnit.
 Also, the btUnits cannot be nested.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Making an Index
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A good index is one of the hardest things to make in a lengthy document,
 but LyX helps make things a bit simpler by interfacing to the 
\family typewriter
makeindex
\family default
 program which is found in most recent LaTeX distributions.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
In the 
\family sans
\series default
\shape default
\size default
\emph default
\bar default
\noun default
Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LaT\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
eX
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
 section of the preferences dialog, however, you can customize the index
 command, if you prefer an alternative program like 
\family typewriter
\series default
\shape default
\size default
\emph default
\bar default
\noun default
xindy
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Inserting an index and marking words to include in it works much the same
 way as preparing a bibliography as mentioned in the last section.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
First, go to the end of your file and select 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List
\family default
\InsetSpace ~
/\InsetSpace ~

\family sans
T
\bar under
O
\bar default
C\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
I
\bar default
ndex
\family default
\InsetSpace ~

\family sans
List
\family default
.
 Then, for each word you would like to include in the index, go to the end
 of that word and click on 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
I
\bar default
ndex
\family default
\InsetSpace ~

\family sans
Entry
\family default
.
 This will insert a tag showing the word as it will appear in the index.
 That's all there is to it; LyX will automatically call 
\family typewriter
makeindex
\family default
 for you and create the index itself.
 The text in the dialog available from right-clicking on the index button
 accepts LaTeX, so you'll need to be careful to avoid using any special
 characters.
 On the positive side, you can use the advanced options - have a look at
 the documentation which comes with your LaTeX distribution to find out
 how to do things like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

nested entries
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, etc.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Be careful not to put spaces between the word in the text and the index
 marker; apparently the wrong page number can be produced if this happens.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Multipart Documents
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
General Operation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you are working on a large file with many sections, it is often convenient
 to break up the document into several files, or perhaps you have something
 where a table may change from time to time, but the preceding text does
 not.
 In these cases, you should seriously consider using multipart documents.
 For example, scientific papers often have five major sections: the introduction
, observations, results, discussion, and conclusion.
 Each of these could be its own separate LyX file, with one 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

master
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 file which contains the title, authors, abstract, references, etc., plus
 the five included files.
 It is important to note that each of these files is a full LyX file which
 can be formatted and printed on its own, as well as included in a master
 file.
 Each of these files must have the same document class, however--- don't
 attempt to mix book classes with article classes.
 You may also include LaTeX files; however, these files must not have their
 own preamble 
\emph on
(i.e.

\emph default
 everything up to and including the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{document}
\family default
 line as well as the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{document}
\family default
 line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to
 make a DVI file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX allows you to include files quite easily with 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
ChiI
\bar under
d
\bar default
\InsetSpace ~
Document
\family default
.
 When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file
 at the current cursor location.
 Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file
 to be included, and the method of its inclusion.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The file selection box should by now be obvious.
 The three inclusion methods are 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

include
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

input
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

verbatim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The difference between 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

include
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

input
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is really only meaningful to LaTeXperts, but the practical difference is
 that files which are 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

included
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 are typeset beginning on a new page, while files which are 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

inputted
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 are typeset starting on the current page.
 Perhaps the labeling in LyX will be changed someday to reflect this.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Generally, the master file is converted into a full LaTeX file before typesettin
g, while the included files are converted to LaTeX files which do not have
 all the preamble information.
 Checking the 
\family sans
Don't
\family default
\InsetSpace ~

\family sans
typeset
\family default
 button prevents this conversion.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

verbatim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears
 in the file, i.e.\InsetSpace ~
verbatim mode, with the characters set in a fixed-width
 typewriter font.
 Normally, spaces in this file are invisible, though two consecutive spaces
 are conserved, unlike LyX's normal treatment of spaces.
 However, setting the 
\family sans
\bar under
M
\bar default
ark\InsetSpace ~
spaces\InsetSpace ~
in\InsetSpace ~
output
\family default
 checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space.

\emph on
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Cross-References Between Files
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files.
 First, open all the files in question: let's call them A and B in a two
 file example, where B is included in A.
 Let's say you insert a label in A, then want to reference it in B.
 Open the cross-reference dialog in whilst in document B, and you can select
 the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

buffer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to use.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Algorithms
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The package 
\family sans
algorithm
\family default
 is needed by LyX to be able to output algorithm floats.
 These are useful in placing short algorithms across page breaks and support
 an index of algorithms too.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Subfigures
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The package
\family sans
 subfigure 
\family default
is used by LyX when you select ``subfigure'' in the graphics dialog and
 enter the subfigure caption.
 Several figures marked in this way can be packed into a single float with
 individual sub-captions.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Fancy Headers and Footers
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The default page layout is rather plain; for an article document class,
 all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page.
 This document is the book class, so it appears to be a bit fancier, but
 to really put on a show, you need to set the document page style to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

fancy
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, as mentioned in the 
\family sans
User\InsetSpace ~
Guide
\family default
.
 This section describes the LaTeX codes you need to insert in your LaTeX
 preamble or the text in order to get the desired effects.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The page header is divided into three fields, not surprisingly labeled 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

left
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

center
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

right
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The footer is also divided into these three fields.
 The LaTeX commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are 
\family typewriter

\backslash
lhead
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
chead
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
rhead
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
lfoot
\family default
, etc.
 Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each
 page.
 Simply insert the following command in the preamble: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
lhead{John Q.
 DocWriter}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You will now see your name in the upper left.
 If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often
 the page number appears in the central footer, simply include a command
 with a blank argument, e.g.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
cfoot{}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Let's get really fancy: lets put the section number with the word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (e.g.
 Section 3) in the upper left, the page number (e.g.
 Page 4) in the upper right, your name in the lower left, and the date in
 the lower right.
 The following commands should now appear in the preamble:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
lhead{Section 
\backslash
thesection}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
chead{}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
rhead{Page 
\backslash
thepage}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
lfoot{John Q.
 DocWriter}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
cfoot{}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
rfoot{
\backslash
today}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The codes 
\family typewriter

\backslash
thesection
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
thepage
\family default
 access LaTeX's section and page counters, and so print out the current
 section and page numbers.
 
\family typewriter

\backslash
today
\family default
 simply prints out today's date.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above
 the footer can also be modified.
 If you don't want one of the headers, set its thickness to 0.
 The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt, the footer rule is 0pt.
 Use the commands, e.g.
 
\family typewriter

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
\family default
 to set the thicknesses.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages
 using commands like 
\family typewriter

\backslash
thispagestyle{empty}
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
thispagestyle{plain}
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
thispagestyle{fancy}
\family default
.
 Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them
 as TeX code.
 In fact, title pages are marked as plain by default, while following pages
 are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are more complex commands which will let you insert things in the
 upper left on odd numbered pages, etc., but I will refer you to the 
\family typewriter
fancyhdr
\family default
 package documentation for more descriptions.
 For example, if you have a teTeX installation, look for 
\family typewriter
/usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/\SpecialChar \-
fancyhdr.dvi
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As a final example, it is possible to include an Encapsulated PostScript®
 file in the header or footer.
 Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper lefthand corner.
 You might try something like
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
lhead{
\backslash
resizebox{1in}{!}{
\backslash
includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
(you may need to preface this with 
\family typewriter

\backslash
usepackage{graphics}
\family default
 if you don't include EPS files elsewhere in your document).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Minipages
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
 called minipages.
 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
apply.
 LyX also provides some of the minipage capability.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Minipages in LyX have their own collapsable box; insert one via 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Mini
\bar under
p
\bar default
age
\family default
.
 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the minipage's width and
 alignment within the page.
 Warning: if the minipage is too long to fit on a page, it is truncated,
 not wrapped onto the next page.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
pecial\InsetSpace ~
Character
\family default
 to insert a special instruction known in the LaTeX world as an 
\family typewriter
hfill
\family default
 to put a maximum amount of space between them; it forces one minipage to
 the left edge, the other to the right edge.
 The examples below show the difference.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "c"
use_parbox 0
width "1.5in"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
status open

\begin_layout Standard
This is a minipage which does not use hfill.
 This is the second sentence of a minipage which does not use hfill.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "c"
use_parbox 0
width "1.5in"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
status open

\begin_layout Standard
This is a second minipage which does not use hfill.
 This is the second sentence of a second minipage which does not use hfill.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is some normal text to separate the two examples.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "c"
use_parbox 0
width "1.5in"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
status open

\begin_layout Standard
This is a minipage which does use hfill.
 This is the second sentence of a minipage which does use hfill.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\hfill

\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "c"
use_parbox 0
width "1.5in"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
status open

\begin_layout Standard
This is a second minipage which does use hfill.
 This is the second sentence of a second minipage which does use hfill.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Wrapping Text Around Figures
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Wrap figure
placement r
width "6cm"
status open

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
        filename mobius.eps
        display color
        width 40col%
        rotateOrigin center

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Caption
This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
 it
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A very frequently asked question is whether text can be made to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

wrap
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 around figures so that a figure occupies some fraction of the column width
 and text fills the rest.
 If you have the LaTeX package 
\family typewriter
floatflt
\family default
 installed (you can find out about it in the 
\emph on
LaTeX Configuration
\emph default
 manual) you can do this.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
At the right is a figure of a mobius strip---you should have already seen
 this in the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
.
 To wrap the text like this insert a wrap box via 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Flo
\bar under
a
\bar default
ts\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Floatflt Figure
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note: this package is very fragile! For example, having a figure too close
 to the bottom of the page will mess things up, as will having two figures
 close together.
 Use this package sparingly and do read the documentation that came with
 it (which will also tell you how to wrap text around tables).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Extra Table Options
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
While the standard table layout will suffice in 99% of all tables you generate,
 occasionally you will run into one which requires a bit of extra tweaking.
 The table dialog which appears on a right-click of a table allows these
 tweaks to be made.
 It will give you access to some extra column alignment parameters.
 A little bit of LaTeX background is useful here: when you set up a table
 in LaTeX, each column is given an alignment type.
 For example, you would give it 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
l
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
c
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
r
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 for left-aligned, centered, and right-aligned columns respectively (which
 appear as the left/center/right radio buttons in LyX).
 A fourth type is 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
p
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, which will make a column of a specified width (the width box in LyX),
 and will wrap text within that box.
 A fifth type is 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
|
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (vertical bar) which rather than making a column will make a vertical rule
 at that point; this manifests itself in LyX as the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

borders
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 buttons.
 Finally, there is a type 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
@
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, which allows you to use whatever is enclosed in the accompanying braces
 as the column separator, including a null argument.
 The reasons for doing this may not be obvious, but they can be very powerful.
 They are best demonstrated by example.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Removing Extra Column Space
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is a standard table:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Type
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Example
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Rock
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Granite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Mineral
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Quartz
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Notice that the horizontal rule extends a bit past the text on both sides.
 If you wanted the line to end even with the text, we can put a null separator
 on the ends to get rid of the bit of extra space LaTeX adds by default.
 Here is the example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt" special="l @{}">
<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Type
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Example
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Rock
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Granite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Mineral
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Quartz
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In this case, the column specifier for the left column was set to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
@{} l
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, while the right column was set to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
l @{}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, in order to put the null characters on the edges.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Changing the Column Separator Character
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Now suppose you really wanted, for reasons that are completely opaque, to
 use 
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$
\end_inset

 with some space around it for the column separator.
 Simply turn off the vertical border, then set the right column specifier
 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
@{~$
\backslash
sqrt{
\backslash
pi}$~} l
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 You could now make a table like this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0in" special="@{~$\sqrt{\pi}$~}l">
<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Type
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Example
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Rock
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Granite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Mineral
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Quartz
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Okay, that last example was very silly, but here is one that is not.
 Suppose you want to make a table that has a column which is aligned on
 a decimal point.
 A standard LaTeX trick to do this is to set the whole number part in a
 right-aligned column, use a decimal point for the column separator, then
 set the fractional part as a left-aligned column.
 A variation on this is to include the decimal point explicitly with the
 whole part, then use just a null separator in between.
 The latter variation is demonstrated here:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Expression
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Value 
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
3.
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
1416
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
36.
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
462
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
80663.
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
1.
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
3402
\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Though it appears a bit funny in LyX, on paper it will produce what appears
 to be a 2-column table in which the right column is aligned on the decimal
 point and the header appears to be centered over it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Perhaps it is best if I described just what I did: first, create a 3
\begin_inset Formula $\times$
\end_inset

3 table and remove all the borders.
 Then re-add a bottom border to the top row, and a right border to the first
 column.
 Type in the values for the first column and set its alignment to 
\family sans
center
\family default
.
 Type in the 
\family typewriter
3.
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
36.
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
80663.
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
1.

\family default
 and set that column's alignment to 
\family sans
right
\family default
.
 Type in the 
\family typewriter
1416
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
462
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
3402
\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
\end_inset


\family default
 and set the extra column alignment to 
\family typewriter
@{} l
\family default
.
 Finally type in the word 
\family typewriter
Value
\family default
 in the middle column, highlight it and the blank entry to its right, and
 check the 
\family sans
Special Cell
\family default
 entry 
\family sans
multicolumn
\family default
.
 Easy, right? 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
An alternative way to have decimal alignment in tables is through the 
\family typewriter
dcolumn
\family default
 package.
 Add the following to the LateX preamble:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
usepackage{dcolumn}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To have a column decimally aligned, enter in the 
\family sans
Special Column Alignment
\family default
 box of the 
\family sans
Table
\family default
 dialog the following:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
d{number of decimals of the data}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To create extra column space just increase the number of decimals in 
\family typewriter
d{}
\family default
.
 Setting the multicolumn attribute for a single cell makes it insensitive
 to the decimal alignment which comes in handy as well.
 A drawback of this method is that math mode is not allowed in a column
 with decimal alignment except if the multicolumn attribute is set.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This method offers the same flexibility as the 
\family typewriter
dcolumn
\family default
 package.
 One could, for example, change the alignment separator, and have different
 alignment separators for different columns by defining multiple column
 types in the preamble.
 The syntax is as follows: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The interested reader is directed towards the 
\family typewriter
dcolumn
\family default
 package documentation for more details.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Itemize Bullet Selection
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by
\noun on
 Allan Rae
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog.
 Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each
 level of an itemized list.
 These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different
 sets of bullets for different paragraphs
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Well, actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand.
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
How it looks
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Open the dialog by selecting the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 menu item and then select the 
\family sans
\bar under
B
\bar default
ullets
\family default
 tab.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes.
 A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six
 different panels of bullet shapes.
 The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth
 you are changing.
 A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's
 LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired.
 If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages
 in the LaTeX preamble.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The six panels are divided up by the packages they require.
 The following table shows the mappings from button name to LaTeX packages.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Button
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Packages Required
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Standard
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
base LaTeX
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Maths
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
amssymb.sty
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Ding1
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
pifont.sty
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Ding2
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
pifont.sty
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Ding3
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
pifont.sty
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Ding4
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
pifont.sty
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have.
 If you get errors from LaTeX when you try to view or print the file then
 its likely you are missing a package.
 LyX doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting
 elsewhere.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
How to use it
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape
 and size.

\family sans
 
\family default
Any changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the
 document using xdvi or ghostview.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right
 mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you 
\emph on
really
\emph default
 want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets
 in each then you're going to have to get your hands dirty.
 The itemize bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides
 you with the LaTeX code for a wide range of bullet shapes.
 To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
let
\backslash
savelabelitemi=
\backslash
labelitemi
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
renewcommand
\backslash
labelitemi[0]{
\backslash
small
\backslash
(
\backslash
sharp
\backslash
)}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Use the LaTeX command 
\family typewriter

\backslash
renewcommand{}{}
\family default
 to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth.
 You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it
 again afterwards.
 In this itemized list the following LaTeX code was used to change the bullet
 used for the first depth.
\newline

\family typewriter

\backslash
let
\backslash
savelabelitemi=
\backslash
labelitemi
\family default
 
\family typewriter

\newline

\backslash
renewcommand
\backslash
labelitemi[0]{
\backslash
small
\backslash
(
\backslash
sharp
\backslash
)}
\newline

\family default
Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the
 
\family typewriter

\backslash
labelitem
\family default
 command.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard

[
\backslash
(
\backslash
star
\backslash
)]
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape
 enclosed in square brackets and set as TeX.
 For example, this item was started with 
\family typewriter
[
\backslash
(
\backslash
star
\backslash
)]
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
renewcommand
\backslash
labelitemi[0]{
\backslash
savelabelitemi}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for
 the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect.
 The way used here was:
\newline

\family typewriter

\backslash
renewcommand
\backslash
labelitemi[0]{
\backslash
savelabelitemi}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
Special Document Classes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
AMS LaTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
David Johnson
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
The AMS LaTeX layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical
 papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications.
 The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal, but easily can be.
 You should refer to the AMS documentation for specific instructions for
 each journal (usually it will entail only changing a single line in the
 TeX output).
 That documentation is available on the Web at 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org}

\end_inset

 or by ftp at 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/}

\end_inset

.These layouts are appropriate, and useful, for any mathematical writing.
 There are currently 4 distinct AMS LaTeX layouts: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
amsart: The standard AMS-article format.
 All results and similar statements are numbered as 
\begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$
\end_inset

, where the first number refers to the section, and the second refers to
 the total number of results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions, Definitions
 and Remarks, etc.) in that section.
 There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which
 is occasionally needed.
 Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
amsart-seq: Here, numbering for each type of statement is in its own sequence,
 with no reference to the section number.
 There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which
 is occasionally needed.
 Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
amsart-plain: This one is even more terse, since all the environments are
 unnumbered.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
amsbook: the standard AMS book (really, monograph) format.
 Numbering is similar to the amsart layout, except that all numbering is
 by 
\begin_inset Formula $(n.m.p)$
\end_inset

, where the first number refers to the chapter, the second to the section,
 and the third is the number of the results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions
, Definitions and Remarks, etc.) in that section.
 There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which
 is occasionally needed.
 Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Any AMS LyX file can be converted to either of the numbering schemes by
 simply changing the document class in the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 dialog.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
What these layouts provide
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts.
 Most mathematical papers or books will set as special statements most of
 these environments, in AMS-LaTeX there is an opportunity to define an unlimited
 variety of such declarations.
 However, the AMS recommends the environments that are available in LyX.
 The list of environments (not counting the standard environments such as
 
\family sans
sections, bibliography, title, author, date
\family default
), is:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Theorem This is typically used for the statements of major results.
 The word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Theorem
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 appears in bold type, along with an automatically-determined number (an
 unnumbered version, 
\family sans
Theorem*
\family default
, is also available).
 The text is italicized.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Corollary This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from
 previous statements.
 Again, these can be major results.
 Unnumbered version 
\family sans
Corollary*
\family default
 is available.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Lemma These are smaller results needed to prove other statements.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Proposition These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general
 theory being discussed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Conjecture These are statements provided without justification, which the
 author does not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author,
 at least).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Criterion A required condition.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Algorithm A general procedure to be used.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Axiom This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being
 discussed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Definition Guess what this is for.
 The font, both on-screen and in the output, is different for this environment
 than for the previous ones.
 The heading (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

definition
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) is still set in boldface, along with the number, if any, but the rest
 is set upright.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Example Typeset similarly to Definition.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Condition
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Problem
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Exercise
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Remark This environment is also a new type of theorem.
 This is set with the word Remark in italics, and the rest upright.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Note Set similarly to the Remark environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Notation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Claim
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Summary
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Acknowledgement
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Case Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific
 instances of some condition.
 The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered
 statements.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Conclusion
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Fact 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Proof The word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\shape italic
Proof
\shape default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is set in italics, but the rest is set upright.
 At the end of this environment (other environments can be nested within
 this one, of course) a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can vary with
 different styles) is placed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Address This should be the author's permanent address.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Current\InsetSpace ~
Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time
 of submission, if different from the Address.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Email Author's e-mail address
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
URL Author's Web address, if desired.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed
 in the paper.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and
 described in 
\emph on
Mathematical Reviews
\emph default
.
 These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Thanks
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Dedicatory
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Translator
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In addition, these environments automatically provide the AMS LaTeX and
 AMS fonts packages.
 They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Dinbrief
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The document class 
\family sans
dinbrief
\family default
 can be used to type letters according to German conventions.
 A template file is included in 
\family typewriter
.../lyx/share/templates
\family default
 for you to use as a starting point.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Paper
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The document class 
\family sans
paper
\family default
 provides an alternative to the standard 
\family sans
article
\family default
 class.
 It provides similar functionality, but you might prefer this layout with
 sans serif sections, headings, and more.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
A&A Paper
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Peter Sütterlin
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This section describes how LyX can be used to write articles for submission
 to the scientific journal 
\emph on
Astronomy and Astrophysics
\emph default
 (
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[www.edpsciences.fr/aa/]{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/}

\end_inset

)
\emph on
 
\emph default
using
\emph on
 
\emph default
Version 5.01 of the document class 
\family typewriter
aa.cls
\family default
.
 This package can be downloaded from the ftp site
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A manual comes together with that package, and this text is not meant to
 replace the original manual but merely a short guide how to realize the
 correct form of your paper.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer
 to EDP Sciences starting January 1, 2001.
 That change implicated also some slight changes of the style files, namely
 the removal of the thesaurus command.
 The LyX class aa supports the newest version of these style files, V 5.01.
 If you have an older version installed, please upgrade.
 For compatibility, the old (version 4) layout has been kept as 
\family sans
article (A&A V4)
\family default
.
 Please refer to the comments in 
\family typewriter
LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Getting started
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It is recommended you start from the example template distributed with LyX.
 If you are not using a template, note the following settings:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Select 
\family sans
article (A&A)
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 dialog (OK, that one was obvious).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Don't change the option 
\family sans
Page\InsetSpace ~
style
\family default
: Leave it set to 
\family sans
default
\family default
.
 The whole layout is done by the macros, you shouldn't change anything.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
The header block
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
First thing to enter is the header information.
 It consists of seven entries, of which some are optional.
 They are
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Title
\family default
: [required] 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subtitle
\family default
: [optional] 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Author
\family default
: [required]
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Address
\family default
: [required]
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Offprints
\family default
: [optional] if more than one author: whom to contact for offprint requests.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Mail
\family default
: [optional] mail address for contacts.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Date
\family default
: [required].
 Suggested format is 
\family typewriter
Received: <date>; Accepted <date> 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is no need to issue the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
maketitle
\family default
 command, this is done automatically by LyX when the header is finished.
 Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised
 to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout
 of the real document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you want to place footnotes in the header block, e.g.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
 
\end_layout

\end_inset

to state your present address, just use the standard footnote via 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
F
\bar default
ootnote.
 
\family default
LyX will automagically use the term 
\family typewriter

\backslash
thanks{}
\family default
 in that case.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In addition to these topics, the macros use three additional LaTeX commands
 that have no counterpart in LyX:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
and
\family default
 to separate different names for more than one author and institute, respectivel
y.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
inst{<nr>}
\family default
to mark corresponding author/institute pairs.
 The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 field, so you have to put a marker to each author.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
email{address}
\family default
 to supply an email address for fast contact.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In all cases, the appropriate command has to be entered in LyX an marked
 as LaTeX code.
 See the examples.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
The abstract
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The abstract should immediately follow the header block.
 With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command, and there
 is now a resctriction to only one paragraph.
 In addition, it should contain an entry with the keywords.
 This is not yet implemented for LyX, therefore you have to enter the LaTeX
 command 
\family typewriter

\backslash
keywords{}
\family default
 by hand and mark it as LaTeX code.
 Refer to the example paper.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Supported environments
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring
 your text:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Standard
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Section
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subsection
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subsubsection
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Itemize
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Enumerate
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Description
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Caption
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Abstract
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Acknowledgment
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Bibliography
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
LaTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Commands not supported by LyX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some commands are not yet supported by the 
\family sans
paper (A&A)
\family default
 layout for LyX.
 Some have already been mentioned.
 For the sake of completeness, they are listed all together here:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
and
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
email
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
appendix
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
authorrunning
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
inst{}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
keywords{}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
object{}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
titlerunning{}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you want to use any of these commands, you have to enter them yourself.
 
\series bold
Do not forget to mark them as LaTeX code!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Figure and Table Floats
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX provides support for the necessary float environments 
\family sans
figure, figure*, table 
\family default
and 
\family sans
table*
\family default
, therefore we won't tell much about it here.
 Refer to the 
\emph on
User's\InsetSpace ~
Guide
\emph default
.
 Just remember that tables should be left-aligned.
 For that, select the table and change the alignment in 
\family sans
\bar under
E
\bar default
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
P
\bar default
aragraph\InsetSpace ~
Settings.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is
\family sans
 
\family default
only one special thing: the figures with caption besides the figure.
 To create such a figure, you have to do the following:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Create a wide figure float: 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Flo
\bar under
a
\bar default
t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Figure
\family default
, then right click in the figure and select
\family sans
 
\bar under
S
\bar default
pan\InsetSpace ~
columns
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Enter your caption text.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Press 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 to move the cursor above the caption.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Insert your figure
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Position the cursor behind the figure and insert a horizontal fill: 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
pecial\InsetSpace ~
Character
\bar under
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
H
\bar default
orizontal\InsetSpace ~
Fill
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Switch to LaTeX mode: 
\family sans
M-c\InsetSpace ~
t
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Enter 
\family typewriter

\backslash
parbox[b]{55mm}{
\family default
.
 
\series bold
Do not close the brace!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Position the cursor behind the caption text, switch to LaTeX mode and insert
 the closing brace: 
\family sans
M-c\InsetSpace ~
t 
\family typewriter
}
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Also, refer to the figures in the example paper.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Referee layout
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing
 layout.
 For this purpose, you have to give the option 
\family typewriter
referee
\family default
 to the documentclass.
 This must be done using the extra class options field in the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 dialog.
 Just enter the string 
\family typewriter
referee
\family default
 there.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
The example paper
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Examples
\family default
 directory contains an example paper written with LyX.
 It is the example paper from the original macro package, translated to
 LyX.
 Use it for inspiration, and compare the original LaTeX code with LyX way
 of writing.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
AASTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Mike Ressler
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
AASTeX is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society
 to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they
 publish: the Astrophysical Journal (including the Letters and Supplement),
 the Astronomical Journal, and the Publications of the Astronomical Society
 of the Pacific.
 LyX has proven to be an excellent tool for generating these documents,
 especially given its equation, citation, and figure handling capabilities.
 LyX requires version 5.0 (or higher) of these macros; preferably 5.2, which
 is the version described here, or higher.
 Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with LaTeX2.09 and are fundamentally
 incompatible with LyX.
 The AASTeX package may be downloaded from the AASTeX Web site
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AAS/AASTeX}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize
 yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in LyX.
 LyX will not reduce the need to figure out all the AASTeX commands, it
 will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in.
 It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported LaTeX document
 conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are
 submitting your paper.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Starting a New Paper
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
I strongly suggest that you start with the AASTeX template file.
 Click on 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New from 
\bar under
T
\bar default
emplate
\family default
, enter the new file name, then choose the 
\family typewriter
aastex.lyx
\family default
 template.
 This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript.
 Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, 
\family typewriter
<>
\family default
) with the correct information.
 Many of the AASTeX commands and environments can be implemented directly
 in LyX, but some cannot: most noticeably 
\family typewriter

\backslash
altaffilmark
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
altaffiltext
\family default
, which should stick out like a sore thumb if you actually just opened the
 template file.
 For commands such as these, the LaTeX code must be entered directly and
 marked as such.
 Such commands are referred to as ERT, or Evil Red Text.
 I tried to minimize the amount of ERT needed in an AASTeX document, but
 there is still a bit more required than any of us would like.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Finishing Your Paper
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly,
 there are a few 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

postprocessing
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Export your paper as a LaTeX file (
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
E
\bar default
xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
L
\bar default
aTeX
\family default
).
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Edit the resulting 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file with your favorite text editor
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
remove the comment lines before the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
documentclass
\family default
 command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
remove the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
usepackage...{fontenc}
\family default
 line if it appears (usually just after 
\family typewriter

\backslash
documentclass
\family default
}; also remove the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
secnumdepth
\family default
 line if it appears.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
remove everything between (and including) the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
makeatletter
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
makeatother
\family default
 commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble
 (which should appear immediately after the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

User specified LaTeX commands
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 comment in the 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file).
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Run the resulting file through LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats
 are correct.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Submit it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Comments On Specific Commands
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AASTeX commands:
 the AASTeX User Guide (
\family typewriter
aasguide.tex
\family default
) gives a good description of each.
 Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide
 and offer comments where necessary.
 So let's begin \SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Things that work as expected
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{sloppypar}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section
 they are found in: 
\family typewriter

\backslash
documentclass
\family default
 (2.1.1), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{document}
\family default
 (2.2), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
title
\family default
 (2.3), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
author
\family default
 (2.3), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
affil
\family default
 (2.3), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
abstract
\family default
 (2.4), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
keywords
\family default
 (2.5), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
section
\family default
 (2.7), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
subsection
\family default
 (2.7), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
subsubsection
\family default
 (2.7), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
paragraph
\family default
 (2.7),
\family typewriter
 
\backslash
facility
\family default
 (2.10), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{displaymath}
\family default
 (2.12), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{equation}
\family default
 (2.12), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{eqnarray}
\family default
 (2.12), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{mathletters}
\family default
 (2.12), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{thebibliography}
\family default
 (2.13.1), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
bibitem
\family default
 (2.13.2), all the cite commands and their variations (2.13.2), the generic
 graphicx figure commands (2.14.1),
\family typewriter
 
\backslash
begin{table}
\family default
 (2.15.4), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{tabular}
\family default
 (2.15.4), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
caption
\family default
 (2.15.4), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
label
\family default
 (2.15.4, amongst other places), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
tablerefs
\family default
 (2.15.5), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
tablecomments
\family default
 (2.15.5), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
url
\family default
 (2.17.4), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{document}
\family default
 (2.18).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The following style options also work correctly: 
\family typewriter
longabstract
\family default
 (2.4), 
\family typewriter
preprint
\family default
 (3.2.1), 
\family typewriter
preprint2
\family default
 (3.2.2), 
\family typewriter
eqsecnum
\family default
 (3.3), 
\family typewriter
flushrt
\family default
 (3.4).
 Simply put them in the 
\family sans
Options
\family default
 box in 
\family sans
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Document
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{sloppypar}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Things that work, but require more comment
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The following items work, but require a little more discussion:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put
 them into the LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so: 
\family typewriter

\backslash
received
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
revised
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
accepted
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
ccc
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
cpright
\family default
 (all from 2.1.3)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
These items may be placed in the LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks
 in the template file: 
\family typewriter

\backslash
slugcomment
\family default
 (2.1.4), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
shorttitle
\family default
 (2.1.5), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
shortauthors
\family default
 (2.1.5)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
email
\family default
 (2.3) -- can only be used 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

standalone
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, not in the middle of a paragraph.
 Use ERT if you need to embed it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
and
\family default
 (2.3) -- will have extra {} after it.
 This should not cause an error.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
notetoeditor
\family default
 (2.6) -- can only be used 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

standalone
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, not in the middle of a paragraph.
 Use ERT if you need to embed it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
placetable
\family default
 (2.8) -- can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name
 by hand
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
placefigure
\family default
 (2.8) -- same as for 
\family typewriter

\backslash
placetable
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
acknowledgements
\family default
 (2.9) -- will have extra {} after it.
 This should not cause an error.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
appendix
\family default
 (2.11) -- will have extra {} after it.
 This should not cause an error.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
figcaption
\family default
 (2.14.2) -- you can insert an optional filename argument by placing the cursor
 at the beginning of the text and selecting 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Short Title
\family default
.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Short Title
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 inserts an optional argument of the type needed by 
\family typewriter

\backslash
figcaption
\family default
.
 Hopefully it will be renamed someday.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
objectname
\family default
 (2.17.1) -- same as 
\family typewriter

\backslash
figcaption
\family default
 for the catalog ID optional parameter
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
dataset
\family default
 (2.17.1) -- same as 
\family typewriter

\backslash
figcaption
\family default
 for the catalog ID optional parameter
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Things not implemented, use ERT
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{sloppypar}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
altaffilmark
\family default
 (2.3), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
altaffiltext
\family default
 (2.3), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
eqnum
\family default
 (2.12), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
setcounter{equation}
\family default
 (2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.13.4), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
figurenum
\family default
 (2.14.1), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
epsscale
\family default
 (2.14.1), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
plotone
\family default
 (2.14.1), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
plottwo
\family default
 (2.14.1), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
tablenum
\family default
 (2.15.4), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
tableline
\family default
 (2.15.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where
 you want it.
 Don't use any of LyX's rules in the table), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
tablenotemark
\family default
 (2.15.5), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
tablenotetext
\family default
 (2.15.5), much of Misc (2.17, except 
\family typewriter

\backslash
objectname
\family default
,
\family typewriter
 
\backslash
dataset
\family default
,
\family typewriter
 
\backslash
url
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
email
\family default
; see above), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
singlespace
\family default
 (3.1), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
doublespace
\family default
 (3.1), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
onecolumn
\family default
 (3.2), 
\family typewriter

\backslash
twocolumn
\family default
 (3.2)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{sloppypar}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Things that cannot be implemented
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
 at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them.
 They are the references environment (2.13.3), and the deluxetable environment
 (2.15).
 If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in
 a separate file with a text editor, then using 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Chil
\bar under
d
\bar default
\InsetSpace ~
Document
\family default
 to include it in your LyX document.
 See the 
\family typewriter
aas_sample.lyx
\family default
 file to see an example of this.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It can be a bit tricky to get LyX to recognize a new layout and document
 class.
 When all else fails, do this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Make certain that LaTeX can find AASTeX.
 Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AASTeX distribution into
 a directory completely unrelated to LaTeX or AASTeX and run LaTeX on 
\family typewriter
sample.tex
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Make certain that 
\family typewriter
aastex.layout
\family default
 appears in 
\family typewriter
/usr/.../share/lyx/layouts
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter
~/.lyx/layouts
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Rerun 
\family sans
\bar under
T
\bar default
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
R
\bar default
econfigure
\family default
 in LyX, then restart LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Open a regular new file, not from a template.
 Does AASTeX appear in the class list in 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
?
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you get a warning from an existing AASTeX document about not being able
 to find the AASTeX layout or a message about 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, things haven't been installed correctly.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
LaTeX error processing a table 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX, by default, attempts to center the table caption/title.
 This seems to produce a bad interaction in AASTeX so you should click somewhere
 in the caption/title, then select 
\family sans
\bar under
E
\bar default
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
P
\bar default
aragraph\InsetSpace ~
Settings
\family default
, then set the 
\family sans
Alignment
\family default
 to 
\family sans
\bar under
B
\bar default
lock
\family default
.
 This took care of it for me.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
References
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cite}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A couple of things: 1) I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference
 entries in the text.
 When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is 
\emph on
no
\emph default
 space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year;
 
\emph on
e.g.
 
\emph default
type
\family typewriter
 Ressler(1992)
\family default
, not 
\family typewriter
Ressler (1992)
\family default
.
 2) Entering the references at all is not obvious.
 The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of
 the document, then mark it as type 
\family sans
References
\family default
.
 That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed.
 Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information.
 For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return.
 That will create a new line with its own box, etc.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Including EPS files
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Even though AASTeX provides its own figure commands (
\family typewriter

\backslash
plotone
\family default
, for example), I much prefer LaTeX's standard figure commands (with the
 default graphicx).
 You can insert the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
plotone
\family default
, etc.\InsetSpace ~
commands as ERT into a Figure Float box if you desire, but I never
 have much luck getting the layout right.
 With the standard graphics, LyX will insert a 
\family typewriter

\backslash
usepackage{graphicx}
\family default
 command into the LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard
 LaTeX2e way, interspersing the figures in the text.
 I believe ApJ accepts figures exactly this way now; AJ might still use
 the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

stack everything at the end
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 technique.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Things I could have done, but didn't
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are a few 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

pretty
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 things I could have implemented, but chose not to.
 For instance, I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the LyX window,
 even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript.
 Also, I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2
 styles.
 Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript
 mode anyway, I decided not to chew up more disk space with this.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Final Caveat
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Your mileage may vary.
 I've now had papers published by both ApJ and AJ that have had 98% of the
 effort done in LyX; the last 2% was the LaTeX post-processing and a few
 cleanups.
 I have had no trouble with the submission process, and I'm sure the journals
 were never aware that there might be a difference.
 So, go forth and publish!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
qijmpc and ijmpd
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Panayotis Papasotiriou
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Overview
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The ijmpc package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript
 submission to the 
\emph on
International Journal of Modern Physics C
\emph default
.
 Similarly, the ijmpd package is for creating manuscripts to be submitted
 to the 
\emph on
International Journal of Modern Physics D
\emph default
.
 Both journals are published by World Scientific.
 The corresponding document classes are named 
\family typewriter
ws-ijmpc.cls
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
ws-ijmpd.cls
\family default
, respectively.
 These files, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded
 from the sites 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpc/mkt/guidelines.shtml}

\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml}

\end_inset

.
 Both packages are modified versions of the standard 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

article
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 package, and they are almost (but not exactly) identical.
 Most of their features are supported by LyX.
 I have used LyX successfully to write articles submitted to both journals
 without any problem.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Writing a paper
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template.
 Click on 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New from 
\bar under
T
\bar default
emplate
\family default
, then choose the 
\family typewriter
ijmpc.lyx
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter
ijmpd.lyx
\family default
 template.
 This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common
 fields found in a manuscript.
 Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, 
\family typewriter
<>
\family default
) with your text.
 You should keep in mind the following remarks.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document,
 because such modifications are not allowed by both packages.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
The language of the document should not be changed.
 Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used.
 To do this, click on 
\family sans
\bar under
T
\bar default
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
P
\bar default
references
\family default
, select the 
\family sans
Lang Opts
\family default
 tab, deselect the 
\family sans
\bar under
U
\bar default
se babel
\family default
 checkbox in the language settings, and click on 
\family sans
\bar under
A
\bar default
pply
\family default
 (or 
\family sans
Save
\family default
, if you wish to make this change permanent).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Keywords
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 style must be used to define keywords.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
The ijmpc package provides a style named 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Classification Codes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, which can be used to define classification codes, such as PACS numbers.
 Note that this facility is not supported by the ijmpd package.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Several new environments are available: 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Definition
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Step
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Example
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Remark
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Notation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Theorem
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Proof
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Corollary
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Lemma
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Proposition
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Prop
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Question
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Claim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Conjecture
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 Their use is more or less obvious.
 LyX supports all these environments; it will use the proper label, text
 style, and numbering scheme for each of them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Both packages use basic citations; the natbib package should not be used.
 In LyX, citation references are shown as usual; in the output, citations
 are shown as superscripts.
 If you want to use a citation as normal text, you should use the 
\family typewriter
refcite
\family default
 command, e.g., 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

See Ref.\InsetSpace ~

\family typewriter

\backslash
refcite{key}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
There is no 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Acknowledgments
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 section in both packages.
 To put acknowledgments, just use the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Section*
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Appendices may be added to the paper, 
\emph on
after
\emph default
 the Acknowledgments and 
\shape italic
before
\shape default
 the References.
 LyX provides a special environment, called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Appendices Section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 which marks the beginning of the appendices.
 This environment should be left blank; it just sends a LaTeX command, but
 nothing is really printed.
 In LyX, the word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Appendix
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is printed with blue letters, as a signal that all sections after that
 point are appendices.
 To write an appendix, use the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Appendix
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 environment.
 LyX will number each appendix with capital letters, as required by both
 journals.
 Note that 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Appendices Section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\emph on
must
\emph default
 be present before the first appendix; if not, all appendices will be numbered
 as normal sections in the output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
The ijmpc and the ijmpd packages use the 
\family typewriter
tbl
\family default
 command to implement table captions.
 As a result, a table created by LyX is printed correctly, but its caption
 is ignored.
 However, you can use some ERT to overpass this problem, so that captions
 are printed as expected.
 To do so, create a float table as usual, remove the caption, and replace
 it with the ERT 
\family typewriter

\backslash
tbl{
\emph on
your table caption
\emph default
}{
\family default
 (sic); you must also the ERT 
\family typewriter
}
\family default
 immediately after the tabular material.
 Study the example table included in the template files to see how this
 trick is implemented.
 Alternatively, If you need table captions, you should implement the whole
 table float in a 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file, then include this file to the LyX document (
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Fil
\bar under
e
\bar default
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Chil
\bar under
d
\bar default
\InsetSpace ~
Document
\family default
).
 Details on how to create a table float can be found in the files 
\family typewriter
ws-ijmpc.tex
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
ws-ijmpd.tex
\family default
, included in the corresponding packages.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Preparing a paper for submission
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Before you submit your paper you must export the LyX document as a LaTeX
 file (
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
E
\bar default
xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
L
\bar default
ateX
\family default
), then make the following changes to the resulting 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Remove the comment lines before the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
documentclass
\family default
 command.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Remove everything between (and including) the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
makeatletter
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
makeatother
\family default
 commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The modified 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file should be saved and processed through LaTeX as many times as necessary.
 You may also want to check the resulting 
\family typewriter
.dvi
\family default
 document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Use of ERT
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The use of ERT is reduced to two commands, which must be placed at the top
 of the document.
 If you started writing your paper by using the 
\family typewriter
ijmpc.lyx
\family default
 or the 
\family typewriter
ijmpd.lyx
\family default
 template, the ERT needed is already in its place; you usually don't need
 to delete it.
 You may only modify the first ERT to specify the information printed to
 the top of odd and even pages (authors' names and short paper's title,
 respectively).
 This ERT must have the form 
\family typewriter

\backslash
markboth{Authors' Names}{Short Paper's Title}
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Kluwer
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Panayotis Papasotiriou
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Overview
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The Kluwer package is a set of macros produced by Kluwer Academic Publishers
 that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the journals they
 publish.
 Most known of them (at least in my domain of interest) are 
\emph on
Astrophysics and Space Science
\emph default
 and 
\emph on
Solar Physics
\emph default
, but there are many others (see a complete list at 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME}

\end_inset

).
 The Kluwer package may be downloaded from the site 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES}

\end_inset

.
 A complete user guide is contained in that package (but it can also be
 downloaded separately).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX supports many features of the package but not everything.
 However, the ERT needed is reduced to some 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

peculiar
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 commands of the package (see\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities}

\end_inset

).
 I have recently used LyX to write an article submitted to the 
\emph on
Astrophysics and Space Science
\emph default
 without any problem.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Writing a paper
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the Kluwer template file.
 Click on 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New from 
\bar under
T
\bar default
emplate
\family default
, then choose the 
\family typewriter
kluwer.lyx
\family default
 template.
 This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common
 fields found in a manuscript and a short description of their use.
 As in most templates, simply overwrite the existing text (including the
 brackets, 
\family typewriter
<>
\family default
) with the correct information.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Preparing a paper for submission
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As in the AASTeX package, before you submit your paper to a journal you
 must 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

postprocess
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 it as follows.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Export your paper as a LaTeX file.
 To do this, click on 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
E
\bar default
xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
L
\bar default
ateX
\family default
.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Edit the resulting 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file with a text editor and make the following changes
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
remove the comment lines before the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
documentclass
\family default
 command,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
remove everything between (and including) the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
makeatletter
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
makeatother
\family default
 commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Save the resulting 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Run the 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file through LaTeX as many times as necessary (usually up to three).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
View the resulting 
\family typewriter
.dvi
\family default
 document using, e.g., 
\family sans
xdvi
\family default
, and check if everything is ok (it should, if you didn't make any mistake).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Peculiarities
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of the Kluwer package
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The Kluwer package has the following 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

peculiarities
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
It is possible to write multiple articles in the same LaTeX file
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
I can't imagine any good reason to do this.
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
 Each article must be included in the environment 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

article
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 Unfortunately, this environment cannot be omitted, even if you write just
 one article.
 Therefore, each article starts with the command 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{article}
\family default
 and, obviously, ends with the command 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{article}
\family default
.
 Although this can be implemented in LyX, I didn't included it, since it
 looks ugly and can confuse the novice user.
 Therefore, you need to enter them directly and mark them as LaTeX code
 (the well-known 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

ERT
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Information given at the beginning of the article (i.e., title, subtitle,
 author, institution, running title, running author, abstract and keywords)
 must be included in an environment called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

opening
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 This is not implemented in LyX, so you must enter title, subtitle etc.
 between two ERT lines (
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{opening}
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{opening}
\family default
).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
According to the user manual, the label of each bibliography item must be
 written as 
\family typewriter

\backslash
protect
\backslash
citeauthoryear{
\family default
\emph on
author(s)
\family typewriter
\emph default
}{
\family default
\emph on
year
\family typewriter
\emph default
}
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family typewriter
kluwer.lyx
\family default
 template takes care of all these 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

peculiarities
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 If you start a new paper using this template you don't need to do anything
 special.
 Just 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
don't delete the ERT included in the template, and
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
copy the example bibliography item included in the template and modify it
 as necessary to enter new bibliography items.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Koma-Script
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Bernd Rellermeyer
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Overview
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The LyX document classes
\emph on
 article (koma-script)
\emph default
, 
\emph on
report (koma-script)
\emph default
, 
\emph on
book
\emph default
 
\emph on
(koma-script)
\emph default
, and 
\emph on
letter
\emph default
 
\emph on
(koma-script)
\emph default
 correspond to the LaTeX document classes 
\family typewriter
scrartcl.cls
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
scrreprt.cls
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
scrbook.cls
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
scrlettr.cls
\family default
, resp.
 of the Koma-Script family.
 They are replacements for the standard document classes 
\family typewriter
article.cls
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
report.cls
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
book.cls
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
letter.cls
\family default
, resp., and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of
 points.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Standard character size is 11pt in 
\emph on
article (koma-script)
\emph default
, 
\emph on
report (koma-script)
\emph default
, and 
\emph on
book (koma-script)
\emph default
, and 12pt in 
\emph on
letter (koma-script)
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Headings, labels of the description environment, and a number of elements
 of the 
\emph on
letter (koma-script) 
\emph default
document class are set in a bold sans serif font.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new
 ec fonts, especially in the appearance of headings.
 In comparison, the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin.
 Here the LaTeX package 
\family typewriter
cmsd.sty by 
\family default
\shape smallcaps
Walter Schmidt
\shape default
 helps to produce the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

usual
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 appearance when using the ec fonts.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering
 of section headings, that is without the extra line 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Chapter\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 In addition, the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a
 number of options (in LyX to be entered in the field 
\family sans
E
\bar under
x
\bar default
tra\InsetSpace ~
Options
\family default
 of the dialog 
\family sans
\bar under
L
\bar default
ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument
\family default
).
 A detailed German description of these options can be found in the Koma-Script
 documentation 
\emph on
scrguide
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area
 are the options 
\family sans
BCOR
\family default
 and 
\family sans
DIV
\family default
 (in LyX to be entered in the extra class options field in the dialog 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
).
 They make a clearer modification of page margins possible as do the options
 of the dialog 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
.
 A detailed German description of these and other type area options can
 be found in the Koma-Script documentation 
\emph on
scrguide
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of
 additional commands.
 Those part of it which makes sense in LyX is implemented in corresponding
 paragraph types.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A detailed German description of the LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script
 family can be found in the Koma-Script documentation 
\emph on
scrguide
\emph default
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
There is an English translation 
\emph on
screnggu
\emph default
, but it is not a complete one.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 The following sections describe only those aspects, which are relevant
 in LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The document classes 
\emph on
article (koma-script)
\emph default
, 
\emph on
report (koma-script)
\emph default
, and 
\emph on
book
\emph default
 
\emph on
(koma-script)
\emph default
 are implemented in the layout files 
\family typewriter
scrartcl.layout
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
scrreprt.layout
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
scrbook.layout
\family default
, resp.
 They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document
 classes 
\emph on
article
\emph default
, 
\emph on
report
\emph default
, and 
\emph on
book
\emph default
, resp., partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific 
\family sans
List
\family default
-type, which is replaced by the new 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
-type having the same functionality.
 Beside the 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
-Type there is a number of new paragraph types added.
 They are 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 part of 
\emph on
letter (koma-script)
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Addpart, Addchap
\family default
, 
\family sans
Addsec
\family default
: are equivalents to 
\family sans
Part*, Chapter*
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Section*
\family default
, resp., additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents.
 
\family sans
Addpart 
\family default
and
\family sans
 Addchap
\family default
 are not contained in 
\emph on
article (koma-script)
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Addchap*
\family default
, 
\family sans
Addsec*
\family default
: behave exactly as 
\family sans
Addchap
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Addsec
\family default
, resp., additionally clearing running heads.

\family sans
 Addchap*
\family default
 is not contained in 
\emph on
article (koma-script)
\emph default
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
There is also an 
\family typewriter

\backslash
addpart*
\family default
 command in 
\emph on
book (koma-script)
\emph default
 and in 
\emph on
report (koma-script)
\emph default
, but since this is identical to 
\family sans
Part*
\family default
, is has not been implemented in LyX.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Minisec
\family default
: generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard
 character size without affecting the structure of the document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Captionabove
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Captionbelow 
\family default
are special captions which respect the different space settings needed for
 captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic
 rules, you might want to place table captions always above the table).
 You can also use the class option 
\family typewriter
tablecaptionsabove
\family default
, which will switch 
\family sans
caption
\family default
 to 
\family sans
captionabove
\family default
 for tables and 
\family sans
captionbelow
\family default
 for figures.
 You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Dictum
\family default
: can be used to set a bonmot, e.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
,
\end_layout

\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
 
\end_layout

\end_inset

at the beginning of a chapter.
 If you use the optional argument (
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Short\InsetSpace ~
Title
\family default
), you can insert the dictum's author there.
 Dictum and author are separated by a line.
 You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
 
\family sans
Dictum
\family default
 is not contained in 
\emph on
article (koma-script)
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The following types, together with the standard types 
\family sans
Title
\family default
, 
\family sans
Author
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Date
\family default
, form the title area of the document.
 They must be entered ahead of the first 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

ordinary
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 paragraph.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
The corresponding LaTeX commands must appear before the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
maketitle
\family default
 command.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 When such a type is used more than once, the latter usage overwrites the
 former one, that means, for every type only the latest usage is valid.
 The order of the different types however has, like 
\family sans
Title
\family default
, 
\family sans
Author
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Date
\family default
, no effect on the appearance of the produced document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subject
\family default
: produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title (
\family sans
Title
\family default
, 
\family sans
Author
\family default
, 
\family sans
Date
\family default
) for the subject of the document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Publishers
\family default
: produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
\family sans
Title
\family default
, 
\family sans
Author
\family default
, 
\family sans
Date
\family default
) for the publishers' name.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Dedication
\family default
: in 
\emph on
report (koma-script)
\emph default
 and 
\emph on
book (koma-script)
\emph default
 produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page, or
 in 
\emph on
article (koma-script)
\emph default
 produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
\family sans
Title
\family default
, 
\family sans
Author
\family default
, 
\family sans
Date
\family default
, 
\family sans
Publishers
\family default
) for a dedication.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Titlehead
\family default
: produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title (
\family sans
Title
\family default
, 
\family sans
Author
\family default
, 
\family sans
Date
\family default
, 
\family sans
Subject
\family default
) for a document`s head.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Uppertitleback
\family default
: produces in a double-sided print in 
\emph on
report (koma-script)
\emph default
 and 
\emph on
book (koma-script)
\emph default
 a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no
 effect in a single-sided print or in 
\emph on
article (koma-script)
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Lowertitleback
\family default
: produces in a double-sided print in 
\emph on
report (koma-script)
\emph default
 and 
\emph on
book (koma-script)
\emph default
 a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has
 no effect in a single-sided print or in 
\emph on
article (koma-script)
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Extratitle
\family default
: produces a special 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

dirty
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special
 formatting.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The layout files for the document classes 
\emph on
article (koma-script)
\emph default
, 
\emph on
report (koma-script)
\emph default
, and 
\emph on
book (koma-script)
\emph default
 do include the file 
\family typewriter
scrmacros.inc
\family default
.
 This is thought of as a place to define your own types.
 Copy s
\family typewriter
crmacros.inc
\family default
 in your personal layout directory and edit the file!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
letter (koma-script)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{sloppypar}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
The document class 
\emph on
letter (koma-script)
\emph default
 is implemented in the layout file 
\family typewriter
scrlettr.layout
\family default
.
 It contains all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document
 class 
\emph on
letter
\emph default
, partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific types 
\family sans
LyX-Code
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Comment
\family default
 and the 
\family sans
List
\family default
 type, which is replaced by the new 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
 type.
 In addition, it contains, in contrast to the standard document class, the
 standard types 
\family sans
LaTeX
\family default
, 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
, 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Verse
\family default
.
 Furthermore, there are a number of new letter specific types.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{sloppypar}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The appearance of the letter produced by this document class can be controlled
 by a number of LaTeX commands, which you can put in the LaTeX preamble.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
For example, the standard appearance of the letter`s heading, consisting
 of name and address, is quite self-willed.
 An 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

ordinary
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 heading is produced by the following LaTeX commands in the preamble:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
firsthead{
\backslash
parbox[b]{
\backslash
textwidth}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  {
\backslash
ignorespaces 
\backslash
fromname
\backslash

\backslash
 
\backslash
ignorespaces 
\backslash
fromaddress}} 
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
nexthead{
\backslash
parbox[b]{
\backslash
textwidth}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  {
\backslash
ignorespaces 
\backslash
fromname 
\backslash
hfill 
\backslash
ignorespaces 
\backslash
pagename
\backslash
 
\backslash
thepage}}
\end_layout

\end_inset

 A detailed German description of such LaTeX commands can be found in the
 Koma-Script documentation 
\emph on
scrguide
\emph default
.
 With it, the letter's author can produce his personal letter layout.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The types 
\family sans
Letter 
\family default
and 
\family sans
Opening
\family default
 define the beginning of the letter and must be used in every letter.
 To emphasize them in the LyX document class, they are marked with the letter
 
\shape italic
L
\shape default
 or 
\shape italic
O
\shape default
, resp.
 in the left margin.
 It is possible to write any number of letters in one file.
 An 
\family sans
Opening
\family default
 type produces a new letter using the same addressee and a 
\family sans
Letter
\family default
 type produces a new addressee.
 The types 
\family sans
Closing
\family default
, 
\family sans
PS
\family default
, 
\family sans
CC
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Encl
\family default
 are ordinary paragraph types and can also be used several times in one
 and the same letter.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Letter
\family default
: produces a paragraph for the addressee and implicitly defines the beginning
 of the letter.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Opening
\family default
: produces a paragraph for the form of address and implicitly produces a
 new letter.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Closing
\family default
: produces a paragraph for a close.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
PS
\family default
: produces a paragraph for a postscript.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
CC
\family default
: produces a paragraph for a distribution list.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Encl
\family default
: produces a paragraph for enclosures.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The types 
\family sans
Name
\family default
, 
\family sans
Signature
\family default
, 
\family sans
Address
\family default
,
\family sans
 Telephone
\family default
, 
\family sans
Place
\family default
, 
\family sans
Backaddress
\family default
, 
\family sans
Specialmail
\family default
, 
\family sans
Location
\family default
, 
\family sans
Title
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Subject
\family default
 are input types provided with a label to enter information, which will
 be processed by the document class.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types 
\family sans
Letter
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Opening
\family default
 described above are not such input types as well.
 Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented
 them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin.
 Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the 
\family sans
Opening
\family default
 type and the 
\family sans
Closing
\family default
 type had such a serious different appearance.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 The types must be used ahead of the corresponding 
\family sans
Opening
\family default
 type.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
An implementation of these types in a WYSIWYG fashion does not seem to make
 sense, because the real appearance of the produced letter does not only
 depend on the usage of the particular type, but also on other factors.
 For example, a signature entered in the 
\family sans
Signature
\family default
 type will in the standard behavior appear in the produced letter only,
 when in the same letter also a 
\family sans
Closing
\family default
 type is used.
 The entered value of the 
\family sans
Telephone
\family default
 type will in the standard behavior not appear in the produced letter at
 all.
 The possibility to design the letter`s heading freely is already indicated
 in a footnote above.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The input types can also be used as empty paragraphs.
 This makes sense e.\InsetSpace ~
g.
 for the 
\family sans
Signature
\family default
 type.
 If the 
\family sans
Signature
\family default
 type is not used at all, in the standard behavior the value of the 
\family sans
Name
\family default
 type is used as signature, whereas if an empty 
\family sans
Signature
\family default
 type is used, no signature value is defined.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
By using the input types it is possible to write a letter template, containing
 filled input types with your personal dates (name, address, etc.) and empty
 input types for other dates you want to enter.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Name
\family default
: sender's name, in the standard behavior appears as a centered paragraph
 in small caps in the letter`s heading.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Signature
\family default
: sender's signature, in the standard behavior appears below the 
\family sans
Closing
\family default
 type.
 If no 
\family sans
Signature
\family default
 type is used, the value of the 
\family sans
Name
\family default
 type appears instead.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Address
\family default
: sender's address, in the standard behavior appears in a centered paragraph
 in the letter`s heading below the sender's name.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Telephone
\family default
: sender's telephone number, in the standard behavior only sets the LaTeX
 variable 
\family typewriter

\backslash
telephonenum
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Place
\family default
: place of the letter`s making.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Date
\family default
: date of the letter`s making.
 
\family sans
Place
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Date
\family default
, in the standard behavior, produce the place and the date in a right-aligned
 line below the addressee's field.
 If an empty 
\family sans
Date
\family default
 type is used, neither place nor date appear, independent of the value of
 the 
\family sans
Place
\family default
 type.
 If no 
\family sans
Date
\family default
 type is used, the date of the letter `s production is used.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Backaddress
\family default
: sender`s back address, in the standard behavior appears above the addressee's
 field in a small sans serif font.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Specialmail
\family default
: special mail information, in the standard behavior appears underlined
 above the addressee's field below the back address.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Location
\family default
: additional information, in the standard behavior appears on right side
 below the addressee`s field.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Title
\family default
: the letter's title, in the standard behavior appears in a big, bold, sans
 serif font above the subject.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subject
\family default
: the letter's subject, in the standard behavior appears in a bold font
 above the 
\family sans
Opening
\family default
 paragraph.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The types 
\family sans
Yourref
\family default
, 
\family sans
Yourmail
\family default
, 
\family sans
Myref
\family default
, 
\family sans
Customer
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Invoice
\family default
 produce a business letter like line above the 
\family sans
Title
\family default
 line containing the fields 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Your ref.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Your letter of
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Our ref.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Customer no.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Invoice no.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Date
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 For the date field, the value of the 
\family sans
Date
\family default
 type is used.
 If one of these 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

business letter types
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is used, the value of the 
\family sans
Place
\family default
 type however does not appear, but only the LaTeX variable 
\family typewriter

\backslash
fromplace
\family default
 is set.
 The ordinary output of place and date in a right-aligned line below the
 addressee`s field is suppressed.
 The types are implemented as input types provided with a label and must
 be used ahead of the corresponding 
\family sans
Opening
\family default
 type.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Yourref
\family default
: Your ref.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Yourmail
\family default
: Your letter of.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Myref
\family default
: Our ref.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Customer
\family default
: Customer no.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Invoice
\family default
: Invoice no.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Jürgen Spitzmüller
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class 
\family typewriter
scrlttr2
\family default
 which superceeds the now unsupported 
\family typewriter
scrlettr
\family default
.
 It has --- on the LaTeX side --- a completely new interface and is not
 compatible with the old class.
 Therefore, LyX supports both, though it is recommended to use the new class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This class covers the same functionality as 
\emph on
letter (koma-script),
\emph default
 and a few more.
 The basic items are 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 (receiver's address, same as 
\family sans
Letter
\family default
 in the old layout), 
\family sans
Opening
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Closing
\family default
.
 
\family sans
NextAddress
\family default
 will start a new letter (i.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
,
\end_layout

\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
 
\end_layout

\end_inset

you can write several letters per document).
 New elements are sender's 
\family sans
E-Mail
\family default
, 
\family sans
URL
\family default
, 
\family sans
Fax
\family default
, 
\family sans
Bank
\family default
 and the possibility to use a 
\family sans
Logo
\family default
 (via 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
G
\bar default
raphics
\family default
) in the header.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The biggest improvement is, though, that the letter's layout is configurable
 at almost any needs.
 This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter
 Class Option, extension 
\family typewriter
*.lco
\family default
), that will be read in as a class option.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
The KOMA package comes with some default 
\family typewriter
*.lco
\family default
 files.
 There is, for instance, a 
\family typewriter
DIN.lco
\family default
 file that follows german typesetting rules, or a 
\family typewriter
KOMAold.lco
\family default
 that provides the default layout of the old 
\family typewriter
scrlettr
\family default
 class.
 The latter can be loaded with the class option 
\family typewriter
KOMAold
\family default
, inserted via the 
\family sans
\bar under
L
\bar default
ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Extra Options 
\family default
field.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Have a look at the 
\emph on
koma-letter2
\emph default
 template that is included in LyX for examples.
 A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation
 (
\emph on
scrguide
\emph default
).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Problems
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in LyX, the LyX internals cause
 some problems.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The chapter number of a 
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
 type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of
 appearing in the same line ahead of it.
 The cause for that is the LyX internal behavior for the labeltype 
\family sans
Counter_Chapter
\family default
 in the layout file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The headings of the types 
\family sans
Addchap
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Addsec
\family default
 are only put in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

true
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 LaTeX table of contents, but not in the LyX table of contents (
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
T
\bar default
able\InsetSpace ~
of\InsetSpace ~
Contents
\family default
).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The paragraphs in a 
\emph on
letter
\emph default
 document class appear in a skip separation mode, not indented.
 This is the standard behavior, no special LaTeX commands are needed for
 that.
 But in the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 dialog the corresponding radio button indicates 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
ndent
\family default
.
 A 
\family sans
S
\bar under
k
\bar default
ip
\family default
 value always has the effect that extra LaTeX commands are inserted in the
 document to produce the gap, which is not what is wanted in this case.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Springer Journals (
\family sans
svjour
\family default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Martin Vermeer
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Description
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These are the layout files for some of the journal formats used by Springer
 Verlag and listed on 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html}

\end_inset

, where you should also go to fetch the class files (yes, these are LaTeX2e
 now!).
 It is a modular system: the things common to all journals are implemented
 in 
\family typewriter
svjour.inc
\family default
, which journal-specific layout files (such as, e.g., 
\family typewriter
svjog.layout
\family default
 for Journal of Geodesy) can include.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This means that implementing support for any other Springer journal on this
 list is as simple as writing your own 
\family typewriter
sv
\family default
<myjournal>
\family typewriter
.layout
\family default
 file following the outline given in 
\family typewriter
svjog.layout
\family default
.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It is reasonably well tested only for the Journal of Geodesy.
 
\family typewriter
svjour
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
svjog
\family default
 come with the standard LyX distribution.
 Install the relevant class file (downloaded from Springer) in a proper
 directory, reconfigure LaTeX (in the teTeX case by running 
\family typewriter
texhash
\family default
, as root if necessary --- doesn't LyX take care of this?), reconfigure
 LyX and it should work.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
New styles
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A large number of theorem-like styles --- 
\family sans
Claim, Conjecture,
\family default
 
\family sans
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
Theorem
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaTeX_Title, Author_Running, Institute,
 Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement
\family default
.
 See the Springer class file documentation for details.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Supported journals
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\emph on
Journal of Geodesy
\emph default
: 
\family typewriter
svjog.layout 
\family default
--- Martin Vermeer
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\emph on
Probability Theory and Related Fields
\emph default
: 
\family typewriter
svprobth.layout
\family default
 --- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Add your own, it isn't so hard!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Credits
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These files are partly based on the older 
\family typewriter
ejour2.layout
\family default
, which was again based on a tinkered-with version of an old LaTeX 2.09 style
 file from Springer.
 All this, and the 
\family typewriter
ejour2
\family default
 layout, are now defunct.
 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes helped out big in making me find my way around the
 LyX layout file mechanism.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Bugs
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Probably.
 But probably less than in the old hacked-LaTeX 
\family typewriter
ejour2
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Limitations e.g.: does not display the number for theorem-like layouts, just
 #.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
AGU journals (
\family sans
aguplus
\family default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\shape smallcaps
Martin Vermeer
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Description
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical
 Society.
 It is assumed that you have both the AGU's own class files and AGUplus
 installed (everything to be found at
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals}

\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
New styles
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Redefined are 
\family sans
Paragraph
\family default
, 
\family sans
Paragraph*
\family default
.
 They are still called this in the LyX GUI, though their LaTeX equivalents
 in the AGU classes are 
\family sans
Subsubsubsection
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Subsubsubsection*
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Newly defined styles are 
\family sans
Left_Header
\family default
, 
\family sans
Right_Header
\family default
, 
\family sans
Received
\family default
, 
\family sans
Revised
\family default
, 
\family sans
Accepted
\family default
, 
\family sans
CCC
\family default
, 
\family sans
PaperId
\family default
, 
\family sans
AuthorAddr
\family default
, 
\family sans
SlugComment
\family default
.
 These are mostly manuscript attributes and defined in the AGU class documentati
on.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
I suspect this is still badly incomplete.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
New floats
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Planotable
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Plate
\family default
.
 We also have a new 
\family sans
Table_Caption
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Supported journals
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\emph on
Journal of Geophysical Research
\emph default
: 
\family typewriter
jgrga.layout 
\family default
--- Martin Vermeer
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Add your own, it isn't so hard! Look at the 
\family typewriter
jgrga.layout
\family default
 example and 
\family typewriter
aguplus.inc
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Bugs and things to remember
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In order to use the new layouts, you must remember to do the following for
 a new document:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\emph on
Turn off babel
\emph default
.
 This can be done in the 
\family sans
layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
document
\family default
 or 
\family sans
document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
settings
\family default
 menu item.
 (AGU articles are always in English, right? So 
\emph on
don't
\emph default
 choose a language.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Enter 
\family typewriter
jgrga
\family default
 into the document's 
\family sans
Extra Options
\family default
 field.
 (Yes, this is a bug.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Make sure you use the 
\family typewriter
agu.bst
\family default
 bibliography style, by entering 
\family sans
agu
\family default
 into the second field of the BibTeX inset.
 None of the standard styles will do.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
EGS journals (
\family sans
egs
\family default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\shape smallcaps
Martin Vermeer
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Description
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This is the layout file for the European Geophysical Society journals.
 The needed 
\family typewriter
egs.cls
\family default
 can be downloaded from the web site of the EGS under 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
New styles
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Right_address, Latex_Title, Affil, Journal, msnumber, FirstAuthor, Received,
 Accepted
\family default
, 
\family sans
Offsets
\family default
.
 The current layout file is unfortunately very unmodular and would benefit
 from using the various 
\family typewriter
std*.inc
\family default
 file inclusions.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Slides [aka 
\noun on
Sli
\noun default
TeX]
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
John Weiss
\noun default
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors.
 There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class
 and the 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX slides class.
 This section documents the former.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding
:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center

\size large
This section documents the class 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
slides (default)
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\emph on
only.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you're looking for the documentation for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
slides (FoilTeX)
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, check out section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex}

\end_inset

.
 The 
\family sans
foils 
\family default
class [
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
slides (FoilTeX)
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

] is actually somewhat better than the default 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class,
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
or so I've been told repeatedly by its advocates.
 Having never used it, I have no idea if this claim is true or not.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 which this section documents.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This class is the LaTeX2e improvement of the old 
\noun on
Sli
\noun default
TeX package.
 Every LaTeX2e distribution includes this class [which I'll just refer to
 as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
slides
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 from now on], so you're bound to have it.
 As I noted earlier, there are other classes, such as 
\family sans
foils
\family default
, which also produce slides for overhead projectors and do a better job
 at it.
 However, there are some things which 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 can do which the others can't, such as generate overlays.
 Read on to learn more!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Getting Started
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slidesetup}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
slides (default)
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 from the class list in the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 dialog.
 There are some other special things you should know about this class:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Don't bother changing the options 
\family sans
Sides and Columns
\family default
.
 They're not supported by the 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class, anyways.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The option 
\family sans
\bar under
P
\bar default
age\InsetSpace ~
style
\family default
 behaves a bit differently for this class.
 The possible choices and what they do are as follows:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Description

\family sans
plain
\family default
 The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
headings
\family default
 Like 
\family sans
plain
\family default
, but also prints out any time markers you've put in.
 This is the default.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
empty
\family default
 The final output contains no page numbers, time markers, or alignment markers.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class has an extra option: 
\family typewriter
clock
\family default
.
 To use it, put 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
clock
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in the extra class options.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Using this options allows you to add time markers to 
\family sans
Note
\family default
s.
 See section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideNote}

\end_inset

 for more details.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
You can also use the template file 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
slides.lyx
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to automatically set up a document to use the 
\family sans
slides 
\family default
class [using 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New\InsetSpace ~
from\InsetSpace ~

\bar under
T
\bar default
emplate
\family default
 to open your new document].
 The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph
 environments used by this class.
 I'll describe those next.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Environments
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Supported Environments
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new 
\family sans
slides 
\family default
document is the font size and type: it's the equivalent of the size 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Largest
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in the 
\family sans
Sans\InsetSpace ~
Serif
\family default
 font.
 This is also what's used in the output.
 Think of this as a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

visual cue
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to remind you that this is a slide.
 Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space.
 Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment
 pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar].
 Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing.
 There are also five new ones.
 That's because the 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class itself only supports certain paragraph environments:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Standard
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Itemize
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Enumerate
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Description
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
List
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Quotation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Quote
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Verse
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Caption
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
LyX-Code
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Comment
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All of the other standard environments, including the section-heading environmen
ts, aren't used in the 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
On the other hand, you'll notice the following new environments:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Slide
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Overlay
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Note
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
InvisibleText
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
VisibleText
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These five are kind of quirky, due to a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

feature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in LyX.
 You see, LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment
 into an empty environment.
 Now, that's fine and dandy, but it means that you wouldn't be able to start
 a slide with anything except plain text.
 To deal with this, I've performed a little 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

LaTeX magic.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Quirks of the New Environments
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideQuirk}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent
 limitiations in the current version of LyX.
 As I just mentioned, LyX forbids environments that begin with another environme
nt.
 To get around this, the 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You should consider 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 to be 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

pseudo-environments.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 They look like a section heading or a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Caption
\family default
,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment.
 Likewise, treat 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 and 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
 as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

pseudo-commands.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 These two perform some action.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A common feature of all five environments, 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
, 
\family sans
Note
\family default
, 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 and 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
, is a rather long-ish label.
 The text following this label --- ordinarily the contents of the paragraph
 environment --- is utterly irrelevant for 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
, 
\family sans
Note
\family default
, 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 and 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
.
 LyX completely ignores it.
 In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
While you don't 
\emph on
have
\emph default
 to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to.
 This could be a short description of the contents of the 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, for example.
 In that case, enter in your descriptive comment and hit 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 as you normally would.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter in any descriptive text,
 you'll hit another LyX quirk.
 LyX, like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph
 environment until you put something in the old one.
 So, do this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Start entering the text that will 
\emph on
follow
\emph default
 the new 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
, 
\family sans
Note
\family default
, 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 or 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Now move to the beginning of that paragraph.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Next, hit 
\family sans
Return
\family default
.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
, 
\family sans
Note
\family default
, 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 or 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some future version of LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Making a Presentation with 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
,
\family sans
 Overlay
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Note
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Using the 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 Environment
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentatio
n, you'll be sorely disappointed.
 Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation.
 Filling in the contents, however, is up to you.
 [Then again, that 
\emph on
is
\emph default
 the LyX philosophy.]
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Choosing the 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 environment [in the manner described in section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk}

\end_inset

] tells LyX to begin a new slide [duh].
 The label for this environment/
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

pseudo-command
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is an 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

ASCII line,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in cool blue, followed by the label, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

NewSlide:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide.
 It's that simple.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX
 (this can be specified in the 
\family sans
Paragraph Layout
\family default
 dialog).
 In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide.
 If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide, the extra
 overflows onto a new slide.
 I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have
 any page number on it.
 Furthermore, it may interfere with any 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 you've made to accompany the oversized 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 environments work the same way as the 
\family sans
Slide 
\family default
environment.
 They both create an 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

ASCII line
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 followed by a label [
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

NewOverlay:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

NewNote:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, respectively].
 The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

ASCII line
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 will look different, in style and in length.
 The label fonts of all three also differ from one another.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As with a 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, if the contents of a 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow
 onto a new sheet.
 Again, you should avoid this.
 It defeats the whole purpose of 
\family sans
Note
\family default
s and 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
s.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Using 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 with 
\family sans
Slide
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The idea behind an 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 is a slide that sits atop another slide.
 Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 before displaying the text associated with it.
 One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of
 the 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 you want to display later.
 This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another,
 for example.
 You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate,
 overlapping 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
s to align the two graphs.
 The use of an 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 environment in both cases makes life much easier.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Each 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 receives the page number of its 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

parent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, appended by 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-a
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Presumably, mutliple 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
s would have 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-a
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-b
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-c
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, etc.\InsetSpace ~
appended to the page number of the parent 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
 
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Clearly, you want the contents of both the 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 and the 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an
 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

part of
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 a 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
 Indeed, the LyX 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 is shorter than that at the start of a 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
 Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers
 in all four corners of both the 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 page and its parent 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
 These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the
 two transparencies.
 How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide? Worse
 still, what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide, but there
 is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try
 and insert vertical space of the right size.
 The better way is to use 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 and 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As their names imply, 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 and 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
 are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text
 invisible and visible, respectively.
 Note from section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk}

\end_inset

 that you don't place anything 
\emph on
into
\emph default
 these two environments, however.
 When you create an 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
, it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

<Invisible Text Follows>
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 [or 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
, the corresponding centered label is 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

<Visible Text Follows>
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in blazing green.
 Paragraphs following this label behave normally.
 Note that the beginning of a new 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
, or 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 automatically shuts off an 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
.
 It's therefore not necessary to use 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
 at the end of a 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using
 the proper combination of 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 and 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
 on a 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Create a 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide
 or on the 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
, insert an 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 environment.
 If necessary, insert a 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
 environment after the 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
-only text.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Start an 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 immediately following the 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Copy the contents of this 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 into the 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Within the 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
, change all of the 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 lines to 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
 and vice-versa.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
That's it.
 You've just made an 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There's one problem with the way I've designed the LyX 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor
 make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again.
 To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined LaTeX codes.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
The commands of interest are: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter
{
\backslash
invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 }
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter
{
\backslash
visible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 }
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
and need to be marked as TeX.
 The text whose 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

visibility
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
invisible
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter

\backslash
visible
\family default
 command].
 If you don't know how to mark text as TeX, see the apprpriate section of
 the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Using 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 with 
\family sans
Slide
\family default

\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideNote}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Like an 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
, a 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 is associated with a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

parent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
 Here, too, the LyX 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class provides visual cues.
 The label for a 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 is shorter than that of a 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 [yet longer than that of an 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
] and, like the label of an 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 is shockingly magenta.
 Additionally, the printed 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 has the page number of its 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

parent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, appended by 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-
\family default
1
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-
\family default
2
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-
\family default
3
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, etc.
 You can have multiple 
\family sans
Note
\family default
s associated with a single 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
, and, as with 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
, you'll probably want to break up long 
\family sans
Note
\family default
s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The purpose of a 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about
 a 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
 It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
 In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers.
 Currently, the LyX 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class has no 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

native
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 support for time markers, a 
\noun on
Sli
\noun default
TeX feature.
 So, you'll have to resort to using the LaTeX codes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
clock
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 [see section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slidesetup}

\end_inset

].
 This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand
 corner of every 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 you generate.
 To set what appears in the time marker, you use the LaTeX commands 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
settime{}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
addtime{}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
settime{}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 sets the time marker to a given time.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
addtime{}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 increments the time marker by the specified amount.
 Using time markers and 
\family sans
Note
\family default
s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particula
r 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There's one last feature to describe.
 Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
s and 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
s on transparencies while printing all of your 
\family sans
Note
\family default
s on plain paper.
 However, a 
\family sans
Note
\family default
 
\emph on
must
\emph default
 follow the 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 with which it is associated.
 What's a person to do?
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Luckily, there are two LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print
 out.
 Both must be placed into the preamble of your document.
 The command 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
onlyslides{
\backslash
slides}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 will cause the output to contain only the 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
s and 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
s.
 Correspondingly, the command 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
onlynotes{
\backslash
notes}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 prevents the output of anything but 
\family sans
Note
\family default
s.
 I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment
 both out.
 You can then preview your entire presentation as you write.
 When you're done writing, you can then uncomment one of the two to select
 what you want to print.
 I like to uncomment 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
onlyslides{
\backslash
slides}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 , print to a file with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-slides
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
onlynotes{
\backslash
notes}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and print to a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
*-notes.ps
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 file.
 I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain
 paper as appropriate.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also provide other arguments to the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
onlyslides{}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
onlynotes{}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 commands.
 See a good LaTeX book for details.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
The 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 Class Template File
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
I have also provided a template file, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
slides.lyx
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, with the 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class.
 To use it, begin your new presentation with 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New\InsetSpace ~
from\InsetSpace ~

\bar under
T
\bar default
emplate
\family default
.
 Your new LyX presentation file will contain an example 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 -- 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 --
\family sans
 Note
\family default
 triplet.
 The 
\family sans
Slide
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Overlay
\family default
 additionally contain an example of the use of 
\family sans
InvisibleText
\family default
 and 
\family sans
VisibleText
\family default
.
 Lastly, the preamble will contain:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
%
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
%
\backslash
onlyslides{
\backslash
slides}
\newline
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
% Uncomment to print out only notes
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
%
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
%
\backslash
onlynotes{
\backslash
notes}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
One final thing: I created this class to support the LaTeX2e 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\noun on
Sli
\noun default
TeX emulation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 class, one of the built-in LaTeX2e classes.
 Neither I nor the rest of the LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this
 built-in slide class.
 It's here if you want it or need it.
 There exist other LaTeX2e classes for creating presentations, such as the
 
\family sans
Foils
\family default
 class [see section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex}

\end_inset

] or the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
seminar
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 package [present on some TeX distributions].
 The latter is not yet supported under LyX.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Perhaps you can take on the task\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_layout

\end_inset

 I know nothing about these other classes.
 Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Foils [aka 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
\noun on
TeX
\noun default
]
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Allan Rae
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors.
 There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class
 and the 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX slides class.
 This section documents the latter.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding
:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center

\size large
This section documents the class 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
slides (FoilTeX)
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\emph on
only.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you're looking for the documentation for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
slides (default)
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, check out section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex}

\end_inset

.
 If your machine doesn't have the 
\family sans
foils 
\family default
class [
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
slides (FoilTeX)
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

] installed, you'll probably have to use the default 
\family sans
slides
\family default
 class, which isn't quite as good as 
\family sans
foils.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
foils
\family default
 class is designed for use with version 2.1 of the 
\family sans
foils.cls
\family default
 LaTeX class file which is now an integral part of LaTeX2e.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Getting Started
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
slides (FoilTeX)
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 from the 
\family sans
\bar under
C
\bar default
lass
\family default
 entry in the 
\family sans
Document\InsetSpace ~
Layout
\family default
 dialog.
 There are some settings in the 
\family sans
Document\InsetSpace ~
Layout
\family default
 dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Don't change the options 
\family sans
Sides
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Columns
\family default
 on the 
\family sans
Document\InsetSpace ~
Layout
\family default
 dialog.
 They're ignored by the 
\family sans
foils
\family default
 class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The default font size is 20pt with the other options being 17pt, 25pt and
 30pt.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The default font is 
\family sans
sans
\family default
 
\family sans
serif
\family default
 but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working
 with 35mm slides.
 It doesn't support A5, B5, legal or executive paper sizes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Don't bother changing the 
\family sans
Float Placement
\family default
 settings because they are ignored anyway.
 All floats appear where they are defined in the text.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The 
\family sans
\bar under
P
\bar default
agestyle
\family default
 setting behaves a bit differently for this class.
 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined
 logo.
 See section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foilfoot}

\end_inset

 for more details.
 The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document
 and is 
\emph on
always
\emph default
 unnumbered and 
\emph on
always
\emph default
 has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined).
 The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM

\family sans
\series bold
empty
\family default
\series default
 The final output contains no page numbers, or other headers or footers
 (except footnotes of course).
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM

\family sans
\series bold
plain
\family default
\series default
 The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page.
 No other headings or footers (other than footnotes).
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM

\series bold
foilheadings
\series default
 Page numbers in lower right corner.
 Additional headers and footers are also shown.
 This is also the default.
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM

\series bold
fancy
\series default
 Gives you access to the 
\family sans
fancyheadings
\family default
 package although its use with 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX is discouraged by the writer of the 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX package because of some potential page layout clashes.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Extra Options
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The following options may be used in the extra class options in the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 dialog.
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx

\series bold
35mmSlide
\series default
 This sets up the page layout for 7.33in by 11in paper, which is about the
 same aspect ratio as a 35mm slide, making it a bit easier to work with
 this medium.
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx

\series bold
headrule
\series default
 Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the
 title page.
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx

\series bold
footrule
\series default
 Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the
 title page.
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx

\series bold
dvips
\series default
 This is automatically set each time you create a new 
\family sans
foils
\family default
 document.
 This option tells 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape
 foils.
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx

\series bold
landscape
\series default
 Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't
 do any rotation.
 Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate
 each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape.
 Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the 
\family sans
Foilhead
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Rotatefoilhead
\family default
 environments (don't worry these are described in the next section).
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx

\series bold
leqno
\series default
 Equation numbers on the left.
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx

\series bold
fleqn
\series default
 Flush-left equations.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Supported Environments
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported
 by the 
\family sans
foils
\family default
 class.
 There are several additional environments provided by 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX as well as a couple added by LyX.
 The following environments are shared with other classes:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Standard
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Itemize
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Enumerate
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Description
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
List
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
LyX-Code
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Verse
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Quote
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Quotation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Title
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Author
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Date
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Abstract
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Bibliography
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Address
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
RightAddress
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Caption
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Comment
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{multicols}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
That is, all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments.
 Since foils are essentially self-contained sections, with a title and body,
 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Foilhead
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Rotatefoilhead
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
ShortFoilhead
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
ShortRotatefoilhead
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
and the differences will be explained in the next section.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such
 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Theorem
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Lemma
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Corollary
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Proposition
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Definition
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Proof
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Theorem*
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Lemma*
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Corollary*
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Proposition*
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Definition*
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{multicols}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered.
 There are also two list environments added by LyX and these are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
TickList
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
CrossList
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best
 set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document.
 If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to
 do so is at the very top of a foil, 
\emph on
i.e.

\emph default
 straight after the foilhead.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For this purpose, the following command styles are provided [
\shape smallcaps
Martin Vermeer
\shape default
]:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
My\InsetSpace ~
Logo
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Restriction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Right\InsetSpace ~
Footer
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Right\InsetSpace ~
Header
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Left\InsetSpace ~
Header
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\InsetSpace ~

\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{multicols}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are also a few commands provided by 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX that aren't directly supported by LyX but I'll tell you what they do
 and how to use them in section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:unsuppfoils}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Building a Set of Foils
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments
 to build a set of foils.
 If you want to see an example set of foils take a look at the 
\family typewriter
Foils.lyx
\family default
 file accessible from the 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
O
\bar default
pen\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\family default
 dialog under the 
\family sans
Examples
\family default
 button.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Give It a Title Page
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Unlike other classes that provide 
\family sans
Title
\family default
, 
\family sans
Author
\family default
, 
\family sans
Date
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
 environments, 
\family sans
foils
\family default
 creates the title on a page of its own.
 If you leave out the 
\family sans
Date
\family default
 environment LaTeX will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate
 the output).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Start a New Foil
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As I mentioned earlier, there are four ways of starting a new foil.
 For portrait foils you should use 
\family sans
Foilhead
\family default
 or 
\family sans
ShortFoilhead.

\family default
 The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between
 the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Landscape foils are generated using the 
\family sans
Rotatefoilhead
\family default
 and 
\family sans
ShortRotatefoilhead
\family default
 environments.
 Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body.
 Both of the short versions have 0.5 inches less separation between the foilhead
 and the body.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that
 you have to use the 
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
 driver to generate the PostScript® output otherwise the foils won't be
 rotated.
 It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the 
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
 driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Due to a small bug in LyX you can't have two of the same type of these environme
nts directly following each other.
 They must be separated by something.
 If you try, you will just be extending the previous environment as if you
 had merged the two environments together.
 So, how do you get around this problem? The simplest option is to insert
 some text between the two environments or add a 
\family sans
LaTeX
\family default
 environment between the two with just a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
%
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in it.
 This will force LyX to produce two separate environments and hence the
 correct LaTeX output.
 An example is provided in the example file included with the LyX distribution.
 Remember, this problem only occurs if you are trying to place two of the
 same type of theorem-like environments one directly after the other.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Lists
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as
 well as two new ones.
 I'll only describe the new ones here.
 If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out
 the 
\emph on
User's Guide.

\emph default
 If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the
 
\family sans
Itemize\InsetSpace ~
Bullet\InsetSpace ~
Selection
\family default
 dialog described above in section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bullet}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The two new list styles, 
\family sans
TickList 
\family default
and 
\family sans
CrossList
\family default
, are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts
 or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick
 or a cross as the label of the list.
 These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environment.
 They do however require that you have the 
\family typewriter
psnfss
\family default
 packages installed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Figures and Tables
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly
 where they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page
 or to some user specified location.
 In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Page Headers and Footers
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
My\InsetSpace ~
Logo
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Restriction
\family default
 are two commands used to control the left-footer text string.
 The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils
 and defaults to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

-Typeset by 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience,
 
\emph on
e.g.

\emph default
 Confidential.
 It is empty by default.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The remaining page corners can be filled by
\family sans
 Right\InsetSpace ~
Footer
\family default
 (which defaults to page numbers), 
\family sans
Right\InsetSpace ~
Header
\family default
 (top right) and 
\family sans
Left\InsetSpace ~
Header
\family default
 (top left).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Unsupported 
\family sans
Foil
\family default
TeX Goodies
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a 
\family sans
LaTeX
\family default
 environment or as 
\family sans
TeX
\family default
 within another environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Lengths
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All lengths are adjusted using the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
setlength{
\family default
\emph on
lengthname
\family typewriter
\emph default
}{
\family default
\emph on
newlength
\family typewriter
\emph default
}
\family default
 command.
 Where 
\emph on
lengthname
\emph default
 should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and
 
\emph on
newlength
\emph default
 is the length value.
 All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches (
\family typewriter
in
\family default
), millimeters (
\family typewriter
mm
\family default
) or points (
\family typewriter
pt
\family default
) or relative to some document or font-based length such as 
\family typewriter

\backslash
textwidth
\family default
.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the
 foil by adjusting the length specified by 
\family typewriter

\backslash
foilheadskip
\family default
.
 For example, to make 
\emph on
all
\emph default
 foilheads 0.5 inches closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble:
 
\family typewriter

\backslash
setlength{
\backslash
foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths:
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM

\family typewriter

\backslash
abovefloatskip 
\family default
Separation between the text and the top of the float
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM

\family typewriter

\backslash
abovecaptionskip 
\family default
Separation between the float and the caption
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM

\family typewriter

\backslash
belowcaptionskip 
\family default
Separation between the caption and the following text
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM

\family typewriter

\backslash
captionwidth
\family default
 You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting
 this length.
 Best done relative to 
\family typewriter

\backslash
textwidth
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful
 if you have a long title or several authors:
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM

\family typewriter

\backslash
abovetitleskip
\family default
 Separation from headers to 
\family sans
Title
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM

\family typewriter

\backslash
titleauthorskip
\family default
 between 
\family sans
Title
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Author
\family default
 environments
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM

\family typewriter

\backslash
authorauthorskip
\family default
 between multiple 
\family sans
Author
\family default
 lines
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM

\family typewriter

\backslash
authordateskip
\family default
 between the 
\family sans
Author
\family default
 and the 
\family sans
Date
\end_layout

\begin_layout List
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM

\family typewriter

\backslash
dateabstractskip
\family default
 between the 
\family sans
Date
\family default
 and the 
\family sans
Abstract
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The last length related command affects all the list environments.
 If you place
\family typewriter
 
\backslash
zerolistvertdimens
\family default
 
\emph on
inside
\emph default
 a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items
 is removed.
 Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require 
\family typewriter

\backslash
setlength
\family default
 like the stuff mentioned above.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Headers and Footers
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family typewriter

\backslash
LogoOn
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
LogoOff
\family default
 commands control whether the logo in the 
\family sans
MyLogo
\family default
 definition appear on a given page.
 If you put 
\family typewriter

\backslash
LogoOff
\family default
 in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them.
 If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
LogoOff
\family default
 directly after the foilhead of that page and the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
LogoOn
\family default
 directly after the next foilhead.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you decide to use the 
\family sans
fancy
\family default
 page style setting in the 
\family sans
Document\InsetSpace ~
Layout
\family default
 dialog you should probably add 
\family typewriter

\backslash
let
\backslash
headwidth
\backslash
textwidth
\family default
 to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly
 placed when rotated.
 This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the 
\family sans
fancyheadings
\family default
 package and the 
\family sans
foils
\family default
 class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Allan Rae
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Since this class is specifically for writing submissions to IEEE sponsored
 conferences I strongly recommend that you get a copy of their Authors Kit.
 The 
\family sans
latex.sty
\family default
 package and associated bibliography style file is included in the kit.
 The Authors Kit is usually sent out by email once your initial submission
 has been accepted.
 There is a lot of useful information in the Authors Kit explaining formatting
 restrictions and so on and I will assume you have read this since that
 means I don't have to repeat it all here.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Getting Started
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
[AR\SpecialChar \@.
 more to come]
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Supported Environments
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Standard
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Title
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Author
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
E-mail
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Affiliation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Abstract
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Section
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
SubSection
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Caption
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Differences Between Screen and Paper
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are slight differences in appearance mainly with the presentation
 of section counters.
 On screen the trailing period of the section counter is missing but it
 will appear in the output so don't let this worry you.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\shape smallcaps
Garst Reese
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

rite of passage.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and
 familiar for the actors to read.
 Each page of a script should be one minute of film.
 Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen.
 The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout.
 No italics.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Special problems
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Speakers' lines should NEVER break in mid-sentence.
 If a speaker's lines continue over a page break, repeat the 
\family sans
Speaker
\family default
 title followed by (Cont'd).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Special features
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Insert the 
\family sans
Speaker
\family default
 names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
 The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
 You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Paper size and Margins
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Environments
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The following environments are available.
 You can use hollywood.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Standard
\newline

\family default
Used where nothing else works.
 Try to avoid it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
FADE_IN
\family default
:
\hfill

\family sans
M-z S-I
\family default

\newline
Usually followed by something like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

on Sally waking up.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
INT:
\hfill
M-z i
\newline

\family default
Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up.
 Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting
 required.
 Everthing on this line in CAPS.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
EXT:
\hfill
M-z e
\newline

\family default
Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up.
 Everthing on this line in CAPS.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Speaker
\hfill
M-z s
\newline

\family default
The character speaking.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Parenthetical
\hfill
M-z p
\newline

\family default
Instructions to the speaker.
 The () are automatically inserted, but only the ( will show in LyX.
 Both will be printed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Dialogue
\hfill
M-z d
\newline

\family default
What the 
\family sans
Speaker
\family default
 says.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Transition
\hfill
M-z t
\newline

\family default
Camera movement instruction.
 e.g.
 CUT TO:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
FADE OUT:
\hfill
M-z S-I
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Author
\hfill
M-z S-A
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Title
\hfill
M-z S-T
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Right_Address
\hfill
M-z r
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Script jargon
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
(O.S) --- off screen
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
(V.0) --- voice over
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
b.g.
 --- background
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
C.U.
 --- close-up
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
PAN --- camera movement
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
INSERT --- cut to close-up of
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Broadway
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\shape smallcaps
Garst Reese
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Broadway is for writing plays.
 The format is more decorative than Hollywood, and much less standardized.
 This format should be suitable for workshops.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Special problems
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The same as in Hollywood.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Special features
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Insert the 
\family sans
Speaker
\family default
 names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
 The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Paper size and Margins
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Environments
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The following environments are available.
 You can use broadway.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Standard
\newline

\family default
You should not have to use this, but it is here for anything that does not
 fit otherwise.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Narrative
\hfill
M-z n
\newline

\family default
Used to describe stage setting and the action.
 First use of speaker names in all CAPs.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
ACT
\hfill
M-z a
\newline

\family default
Automatically numbered.
 On screen it will be arabic, but will print as Roman.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
ACT*
\hfill
M-z S at
\newline

\family default
Subtitle for 
\family sans
ACT.
 
\family default
It is just centered text.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
SCENE
\hfill
M-z S-S
\newline

\family default
Not automatically numbered.
 You supply the number.
 This is because I couldn't figure out how.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
AT_RISE:
\hfill
M-z S-R
\newline

\family default
A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain
 rises.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Speaker
\hfill
M-z s
\newline

\family default
The speaker's (actor's) title, centered in all CAPS.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Parenthetical
\hfill
M-z p
\newline

\family default
Instructions to the speaker.
 The parentheses are automatically inserted.
 The ( will appear on screen, but both will be in the printed play.
 This environment is only used within 
\family sans
Dialogue
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Dialogue
\hfill
M-z d
\newline

\family default
What the Speaker says.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
CURTAIN
\hfill
M-z S-C
\newline

\family default
The curtain comes down.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Title
\hfill
M-z S-T
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Author
\hfill
M-z S-A
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Right_Address
\hfill
M-z r
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Hello there.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
RevTeX4
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Amir Karger
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
The 
\family sans
Revtex\InsetSpace ~
4
\family default
 textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's RevTeX 4.0 (the 
\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
\end_inset

 release of May, 1999) class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX has a 
\family sans
Revtex
\family default
 textclass, which works with RevTeX 3.1.
 However, v3.1 is basically obsolete, as it works with LaTeX 2.09.
 That means that it doesn't interact very well with LyX, which requires
 LaTeX2e, although it has been kludged to work.
 Since RevTeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with LaTeX2e,
 LyX with the 
\family sans
RevTeX\InsetSpace ~
4
\family default
 textclass should also be pretty easy to use.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These documents are supposed to be used in 
\emph on
addition
\emph default
 to the RevTeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special RevTeX
 macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Installation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README
 file.
 the package can be found at 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[The RevTeX 4 Web Site]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}

\end_inset

.
 Install it somewhere that LaTeX can see it.
 Test it by trying to LaTeX a short RevTeX 4 document in some random directory
 (i.e., not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you
 reconfigure LyX, it will find the class file and let you use the RevTeX4
 textclass.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a RevTeX 4 document
 using 
\family typewriter
reLyX
\family default
, or to use the 
\family sans
Revtex\InsetSpace ~
4
\family default
 template, found in the templates directory.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Preamble Matter
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Optional arguments to 
\family typewriter

\backslash
documentclass
\family default
, like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

preprint
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

aps
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, go in the 
\family sans
E
\bar under
x
\bar default
tra\InsetSpace ~
Options
\family default
 field in the 
\family sans
Document\InsetSpace ~
Layout
\family default
 dialog, as usual.
 Remember that in RevTeX, at least one optional argument is required! 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Other preamble matter, like 
\family typewriter

\backslash
draft
\family default
 etc.
 goes in the 
\family sans
Latex\InsetSpace ~
Preamble
\family default
 dialog, also as usual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Layouts
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The layouts basically correspond to the commands in RevTeX4.0.
 For example, the Email layout corresponds to 
\family typewriter

\backslash
email{}
\family default
.
 Note that (at least as of RevTeX 4.0 Beta), the 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Affiliation
\family default
 layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
In case you're curious, both were included so that 
\family typewriter
reLyX
\family default
 would be able to translate both 
\family typewriter

\backslash
address
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
affiliation
\family default
.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Important Notes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are a couple of important unique aspects of RevTeX 4 which might cause
 bugs that will be even more confusing in LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In RevTeX, the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
thanks
\family default
 command goes 
\emph on
outside
\emph default
 the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
author
\family default
 command.
 The LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout.
 Do 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 write footnotes in the 
\family sans
Author
\family default
 layout, or weird things may happen.
 See the RevTeX 4 documentation for more details.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Also, the 
\family sans
Author\InsetSpace ~
Email
\family default
, 
\family sans
Author\InsetSpace ~
URL
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Thanks
\family default
 layouts must be placed 
\emph on
in between
\emph default
 the 
\family sans
Author
\family default
 layout and the corresponding 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 (or equivalent 
\family sans
Affiliation
\family default
) layout.
 If you put the 
\family sans
Thanks
\family default
 after the 
\family sans
Address
\family default
, the LaTeX won't compile.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Drawbacks
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments
 to layouts like Email and Title.
 (The problem is not unique to this layout; you can't use optional arguments
 to the Section layouts either.) This means that after you export that file
 to LaTeX (which you'll need to do eventually to send it in to APS), you'll
 need to edit the LaTeX file with a text editor to add the optional arguments
 to set, e.g., the running title for the page headers.
 Lacking these layouts makes the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
altaffiliation
\family default
 (and the equivalent 
\family typewriter

\backslash
altaddress
\family default
) useless, so the corresponding layouts don't exist, and will have to be
 added by hand.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard

\emph on
Note from JMarc:
\emph default
 actually, LyX 1.3.0 supports some forms of optional arguments, but this layout
 has not been updated yet to take advantage of it.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
\begin_inset OptArg
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family typewriter
mw
\family default
 Classes
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Tomasz Luczak
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The LyX document classes
\emph on
 article (mwart)
\emph default
, 
\emph on
report (mwrep)
\emph default
 and 
\emph on
book
\emph default
 
\emph on
(mwbk)
\emph default
 correspond to the LaTeX document classes 
\family typewriter
mwart.cls
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
mwrep.cls
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
mwbk.cls
\family default
, resp.
 They are replacements for the standard document classes 
\family typewriter
article.cls
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
report.cls
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
book.cls
\family default
, resp., and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Basic differences:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Unnumbered titles (with star, eg.
 
\family sans
Section*
\family default
) are added into table of contents,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Additional page styles:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Description
uheadings header with separated lines,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
myheadings custom header, contents headers via commands: 
\family typewriter

\backslash
markright
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
markboth
\family default
,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
myuheadings custom header with separated lines,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
outer page number is placed on outer side of page
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Options 
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Description
rmheadings serif titles --- default,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
sfheadings sansserif titles,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
authortitle on title page first placed is author next title --- default,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
Elsevier Journals
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
By 
\noun on
Rod Pinna
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
 provides a standard LaTeX document class (
\family typewriter
elsart.cls
\family default
) for submitting articles to their various journals.
 The style file can be downloaded directly from their web site: 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/}

\end_inset

.
 Instructions are supplied along with the class file, which details the
 requirements of the publishers.
 LyX includes package that allows for the use of this class, by a layout
 and a template file.
 Installation of the class file is the same as for any other LaTeX package;
 instructions are provided in the Elsevier documentation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To make use of 
\family typewriter
elsart.cls
\family default
, a file 
\family typewriter
elsart.layout
\family default
 is supplied.
 As the Elsevier class file is based mainly on the standard article class,
 most of the normal functionality is provided.
 The Elsevier class defines a number of mathematical environments, which
 are similar to the AMS environments.
 These commands are all described in the Elsevier documentation, and are
 available in LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The easiest way to use the Elsevier style is to base documents on the included
 template file.
 It is best not to use options such as fancy headings or the geometry package,
 as elements such as these are defined by Elsevier in their style file.
 Ideally, no extra packages except those mentioned in the Elsevier documentation
 should be used.
 Essentially, Elsevier require as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

clean
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 a 
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
LaTeX
\end_layout

\end_inset

 file as possible, as their intention is to take the supplied file and replace
 the class file with one for the particular journal to which the paper has
 been submitted.
 This also means that not too much time should be spent on the formating
 of the document.
 When it comes to be published, this will change anyway.
 The rest of the usage for this layout is substantially the same as for
 the normal article class.
 For details of what Elsevier do and don't allow, refer to their documentation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Memoir
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
By 
\noun on
Jürgen Spitzmüller
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Overview
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class.
 It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature.
 Its aim is to let the user have maximum control over the typesetting of
 his document.
 Memoir is based on the standard book class, but it can also emulate the
 article class (see below).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Peter Wilson, the developer of Memoir, is known as the author of lots of
 useful packages in the LaTeX world.
 Most of them have been merged with Memoir.
 Therefore, it is much easier to layout the table of contents, appendices,
 chapter designs and such.
 LyX, though, does not support all of these goodies natively.
 Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
You are invited to send suggestions to 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset

, lots will probably never, due to the limitations of LyX's framework.
 Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native LaTeX
 commands (ERT
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Cf.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
 
\end_layout

\end_inset

section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code}

\end_inset

 for details.
\end_layout

\end_inset

).
 In this section, we can only list those features which are natively supported
 by LyX.
 For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we are recommending
 to have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Cf.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
 
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset

, which is not only a user guide for the class, but also both a comprehensive
 description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting
 itself.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Basic features and restrictions
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes.
 There are, however, some differences, as follows:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Font\InsetSpace ~
sizes: Memoir has a broader range of font sizes: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14,
 17
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Page\InsetSpace ~
style: The fancy page style is not supported, due to a command clash
 between Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they are both defining a command
 with the same name, which confuses LaTeX).
 Instead, Memoir comes with a bunch of own page styles (see 
\family sans
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Page\InsetSpace ~
Style
\family default
).
 If you want to use these for the chapter pages, you have to use the command
 
\family typewriter

\backslash
chapterstyle
\family default
 in the main text or in preamble (e.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
,
\end_layout

\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
 
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
chapterstyle{companion}
\family default
).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Sectioning: Sectionings (chapter, section, subsection etc.) are coming with
 an optional argument in the standard classes.
 With this, you can specify an alternative version of the title for the
 table of contents and the headers (for instance, if the title is too long).
 In LyX, you can do this via 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Short\InsetSpace ~
Title
\family default
 at the beginning of a chapter/section.
 Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table
 of contents from the header.
 You can define three variants of a title with this: one for the main text,
 one for the table of contents, and one for the headers.
 Simply insert two optional arguments if you need this feature, the first
 one containing the short title for the Table of Contents, the second one
 containing an alternative short title for the headers.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
TOC/LOT/LOF: In the standard classes (and in many other classes), the table
 of contents, the list of figures and the list of table start a new page
 automatically.
 Memoir does not follow this route.
 You have to insert a page break yourself, if you want to have one.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Titlepage: For some unknown reason, Memoir uses pagination on the title
 page (in the standard classes, title pages are 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

empty
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, i.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
,
\end_layout

\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
 
\end_layout

\end_inset

without pagina).
 If you want an empty title page, type 
\family typewriter

\backslash
aliaspagestyle{title}{empty} 
\family default
in the preamble.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Article: With the class option 
\emph on
article 
\emph default
(to be inserted in 
\family sans
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Extra\InsetSpace ~
Options
\family default
), you can emulate article style.
 That is, counters (footnotes, figures, tables etc.) will not be reset on
 new chapters, chapters don't start a new page (but are---in contrary to
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

real
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 article classes---still allowed), parts, though, use their own page, as
 in book.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Oldfontcommands: By default, Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated
 font commands, which have been used in the old LaTeX version 2.09 (e.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
,
\end_layout

\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
 
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
rm
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
it
\family default
).
 It produces an error and stops LaTeX whenever such a command appears.
 The class option 
\emph on
oldfontcommands
\emph default
 reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least
 not stop LaTeX).
 Since a lot of packages and particularly BibTeX style files are still using
 those commands, we have decided to use this option by default.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Extra features
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We will only describe the features supported by LyX (which is not much currently
).
 Please consult the Memoir manual
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Cf.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
 
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 for details.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Abstract: You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature.
 Well, it is in book class.
 Usually books don't have abstracts.
 Memoir, however, has.
 You can use it whereever and how often you like.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Chapterprecis: You may know this from belletristic: The contents of a chapter
 is shortly described below the title and also in the table of contents
 (e.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
,
\end_layout

\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
 
\end_layout

\end_inset


\emph on
Our hero arrives in Troia; he loses some friends; he finds others
\emph default
).
 Chapterprecis does exactly this.
 It is therefore only sensible below a chapter.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Epigraph: An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter.
 The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a
 motto.
 The motto itself (text) and its author (source) are divided by a short
 line.
 Unfortunately, we have to fool LyX a bit here again, since the environment
 needs two arguments (text and source).
 In this case, we have to use curly brackets (in TeX mode) between the two
 arguments: 
\emph on
<smart slogan>
\emph default
 
\family typewriter
}{
\family default
 
\emph on
<author of the slogan>.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Poemtitle: Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very
 complex figurative poems).
 Lyx can only support a few of them.
 One is poemtitle, which is a centered title for poems, which will also
 be added to the table of contents (verse is the standard environment for
 poems.
 Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse, but you need to use ERT, because
 they have to be nested inside regular verse environments, which is not
 possible with LyX).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Poemtitle*: Same as poemtitle, but it adds no entry to the table of contents.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
\begin_inset OptArg
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Importing and Exporting
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Considerations
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Importing and exporting LyX documents from/to other formats has been touched
 on briefly in the 
\emph on
User Guide
\emph default
.
 Here we describe more of the gory details needed to understand just what
 is going on when you click on the 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
I
\bar default
mport
\family default
 and 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
E
\bar under
x
\bar default
port
\family default
 menu items.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Importing Other Formats
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
LaTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Translating from LaTeX into LyX is performed by a Perl script called reLyX.
 Although it is a standalone program which can be called from the command
 line, LyX will call it automatically when a LaTeX document is imported.
 See section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX}

\end_inset

 for a complete description.
 There are no user tunable parameters for reLyX within LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
ASCII Text
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When importing plain ASCII text, there are two methods of reading the file.
 Importing 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

as lines
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 preserves all the linebreaks in the ASCII; to LyX, then, each line looks
 like a paragraph.
 Importing 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

as paragraphs
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 assumes that consecutive lines separated by only a single linebreak form
 a single paragraph.
 Successive linebreaks with no intervening text are thus assumed to be paragraph
 delimiters.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Noweb
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\emph on
[Editor's note: Needs to be written, obviously - any volunteers? --- mer]
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Exporting Other Formats
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
LaTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX generates two types of LaTeX files: stripped down versions for the normal
 processing (
\family sans
View DVI
\family default
, etc.) which one normally never sees
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
The resulting file is a perfectly valid LaTeX file, though the preamble
 might look a bit strange since it includes some definitions used by LyX
 which wouldn't show up in most human-written files.
\end_layout

\end_inset

, and human readable forms which are suitable for exchanging with your colleague
s.
 The only settable option for the translation is the line length of the
 output file.
 The default is 65 characters, but it can be set in 
\family sans
\bar under
T
\bar default
ools
\family default
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family sans
\bar under
P
\bar default
references
\family default
 using the 
\family sans
\bar under
A
\bar default
scii\InsetSpace ~
line\InsetSpace ~
length
\family default
 field.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Device Independent Files
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Device Independent files (DVI files) are produced by running LaTeX on your
 document.
 There are no user settable options.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
PostScript®
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The next step in the conversion chain is converting a DVI file into Postscript®.
 You can either use 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile
\family default
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family sans
\bar under
E
\bar default
xport
\family default
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family sans
Pos
\bar under
t
\bar default
script
\family default
 or, if you need more control on the result, 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile
\family default
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family sans
\bar under
P
\bar default
rint
\family default
.
 If you use the later, note that it is possible to configure, in 
\family sans
\bar under
T
\bar default
ools
\family default
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family sans
\bar under
P
\bar default
references
\family default
, the options passed to the dvips program to achieve different effects.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
ASCII text
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Exporting as ASCII attempts to preserve the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

shape
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of the document as well as possible, but things like centering and indentation
 are thrown out; paragraphs are separated by blank lines.
 Section numbering and cross-references are done correctly, so the resulting
 text files is remarkably readable.
 The only changeable option is the length of lines, as for LaTeX output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
HTML
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX documents can be converted to hypertext markup, usually by converting
 to LaTeX first, then converting that to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
 Three LaTeX
\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
\end_inset

HTML converters are currently known to LyX: 
\family typewriter
tth
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
latex2html
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
hevea
\family default
.
 Though they are autodetected, you can overide the selection in preferences.
 You can also include further command line options in this dialog.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
PDF
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Dekel Tsur
\noun default
 (mostly)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The fastest way to generate a basic PDF file (no tags, links, etc.) with
 any version of LyX is to save the document as a Postscript® file, then
 run the 
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
 command on it.
 Starting with version 1.1.6, the menu item 
\family sans
File->Export->PDF
\family default
 will do all this for you.
 There are some issues with fonts that you need to pay attention to: see
 Section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:badfonts}

\end_inset

.
 Also, as of version 1.1.6, there is a better method that will generate much
 more sophisticated files.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Use pdfLaTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With pdfLaTeX you need to convert your eps figures to PDF (see Section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfeps}

\end_inset

), and you cannot use pstricks.
 On the other hand, with pdfLaTeX it is possible to insert directly images
 in JPEG or PNG format, use TrueType fonts, and more.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts}

\end_inset


\begin_inset OptArg
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Bad Fonts in Acrobat Reader
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The problem is that bitmap fonts are displayed poorly by Acrobat Reader.
 When creating a PDF from the LyX file, you need to use outline font instead
 of the default bitmap fonts (in fact, you should also use outline fonts
 for Postscript files).
 Recent LaTeX distributions come with Postscript® Type 1 version of the
 standard (Computer Modern) fonts.
 pdfLaTeX uses these font by default.
 Dvips doesn't use these fonts by default, so to make it use them, add the
 following to lines to your 
\family typewriter
~/.dvipsrc
\family default
 file
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
p+ psfonts.cmz
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
p+ psfonts.amz
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If the default LaTeX font encoding (OT1) is used, nothing else need to be
 done.
 However, if the T1 font encoding is used, then LaTeX uses the newer EC
 fonts, for which there are no Type1 version.
 The solution is to use the ae package which emulates T1 coded fonts using
 the standard CM fonts.
 This is done by adding 
\family typewriter

\backslash
usepackage{ae,aecompl}
\family default
 to the preamble of the LyX file.
 However, some glyphs are missing from the CM fonts (e.g.
 eth, thorn), and they are taken from the EC fonts.
 Therefore you get these glyphs as bitmaps.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note: LyX uses by default the T1 font encoding.
 If you wish to use the default font encoding (this is not recommended,
 unless you only write English documents), clear the field 
\family sans
\bar under
T
\bar default
eX\InsetSpace ~
encoding
\family default
 in preferences (tabs 
\family sans
Outputs
\family default
, 
\family sans
Misc
\family default
).
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
An alternate option is to use the standard Postscript® fonts instead of
 the Computer Modern fonts.
 To do that, you need to select 
\family sans
pslatex
\family default
 as the global font in the document layout dialog.
 When using the Postscript® fonts, the result PDF file is smaller as the
 fonts are not saved into the file.
 Furthermore, the Postscript® fonts include all T1 glyphs.
 On the other hand, the Postscript® fonts have no bold symbol font, so poor
 man's bold must be used (see Section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfbold}

\end_inset

).
 The Postscript® fonts also look different from the Computer Modern fonts.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To sum up, both the Computer Modern and the Postscript® fonts gives good
 results (with few exceptions).
 The decision of which one to use is a matter of taste.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Why doesn't the 
\backslash
boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold}

\end_inset


\begin_inset OptArg
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
boldsymbol{}
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
pslatex
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The Postscript® fonts do not have a bold symbol font.
 The solution is to use the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
pmb{}
\family default
 (poor man's bold) command.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It is possible to redefine the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
boldsymbol
\family default
 command to use 
\family typewriter

\backslash
pmb
\family default
 by putting
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
boldsymbol}[1]{
\backslash
pmb{#1}}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
in the preamble.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
 pdfLaTeX?
\begin_inset OptArg
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Conditionals with pdfLaTeX
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Yes.
 Here is an example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
newif 
\backslash
ifpdf
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
   
\backslash
ifx 
\backslash
pdfoutput 
\backslash
undefined
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
      
\backslash
pdffalse
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
   
\backslash
else
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
      
\backslash
pdftrue
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
fi
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
ifpdf
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
   
\backslash
pdfinfo { /Author (your name and e-mail address)
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
      /Title (official title -- i.e., title element)
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
      /Subject (one line description of the document)
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
   }
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
   
\backslash
pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone)
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
   % /OpenAction (fitbh)
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
   }
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
   
\backslash
usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
else
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
   
\backslash
usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
fi
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
How can I make URLs clickable ?
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
See the references here :
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Custom
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Custom exports are possible if you have some particularly weird format you
 wish to convert to, assuming you have the relevant converter, of course.
 The format of the 
\emph on
input
\emph default
 file can be chosen in the 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
E
\bar default
xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
C
\bar default
ustom 
\family default
dialog; LyX will automatically convert the file to this point, then feed
 it to your custom converter.
 The possible values are all formats that LyX can produce from its own documents.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The converter command is also specified in the dialog.It should be a completely
 qualified command line which uses the variable 
\family typewriter
$$FName
\family default
 to specify the name of the file.
 If this variable is not given, then the file will be sent to the standard
 input of your command.
 You may have to apply a bit of ingenuity to escape this sequence correctly
 so that it is compatible with your shell.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
While it is not possible to save this command using the 
\family sans
Preferences 
\family default
dialog, you can manually edit your 
\family typewriter
.lyx/preferences
\family default
 to add a line like
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
custom_export_command "mycommand $$FName"
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
The Complete reLyX Description
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Synopsis
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The simplest way to use reLyX is via the 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
I
\bar default
mport
\family default
 command in LyX.
 That runs reLyX on the given file and loads the resulting file into LyX.
 You should try that first, and call it from the command line only if you
 need to use more complicated options.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
reLyX
\series default
 [ 
\series bold
-c
\series default
 
\shape italic
textclass
\shape default
 ] [ 
\series bold
-df
\series default
 ] [ 
\series bold
-o
\series default
 
\shape italic
outputdir
\shape default
 ] [
\series bold
 -r
\series default
\shape italic
 renv1
\shape default
[,
\shape italic
renv2
\shape default
...]] [
\series bold
 -s
\series default
\shape italic
 sfile1
\shape default
[,
\shape italic
sfile2
\shape default
...]] 
\emph on
inputfile
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
reLyX
\series default
 
\series bold
-p
\series default
 
\series bold
-c
\series default
 
\shape italic
textclass
\shape default
 [ 
\series bold
-df
\series default
 ] [ 
\series bold
-o
\series default
 
\shape italic
outputdir
\shape default
 ] [
\series bold
 -r
\series default
\shape italic
 renv1
\shape default
[,
\shape italic
renv2
\shape default
...]] [
\series bold
 -s
\series default
\shape italic
 sfile1
\shape default
[,
\shape italic
sfile2
\shape default
...]] 
\emph on
inputfiles
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
reLyX
\series default
 
\series bold
-h
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Options
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\series bold
-c
\series default
 Class.
 By default, when reLyX sees a 
\family typewriter

\backslash
documentclass{foo}
\family default
 command, it creates a file of textclass 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

foo
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and reads the LyX layout file for that class.
  Use 
\series bold
-c
\series default
 to declare a different textclass (and read a different layout file).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\series bold
-d
\series default
 Debug.
 By default, reLyX gives sparse output and deletes the temporary files which
 were created during translation.
 Using the 
\series bold
-d
\series default
 flag will create much more output (both to stdout and stderr) and leave
 the temporary files around.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\series bold
-f
\series default
 Force.
 reLyX will not run if the 
\family typewriter
.lyx
\family default
 file it would generate already exists Use the 
\series bold
-f
\series default
 option (carefully) to clobber any existing files.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\series bold
-h
\series default
 Help.
 Print out usage information and quit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\series bold
-o
\series default
 Output directory.
 With this option, all temporary files and LyX output files (for the given
 input file, for any included files, or for any file fragments given with
 the 
\series bold
-p
\series default
 option) will be put into 
\shape italic
outputdir
\shape default
.
 Otherwise, for each file 
\emph on
dir/foo.tex
\emph default
, the temporary files and the LyX output file will be created in 
\emph on
dir
\emph default
.
 This can be useful if a file includes files from other directories which
 you want to consolidate in one directory, or if you don't have write permission
 on the directory the LaTeX files are in.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\series bold
-p
\series default
 Partial file.
 The input files are LaTeX fragments, with no preamble matter or 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{document}
\family default
 commands.
 This option requires the 
\series bold
-c
\series default
 option, since there are no 
\family typewriter

\backslash
documentclass
\family default
 commands in the files reLyX is translating.
 When using this option, you can translate more than one file, as long as
 all files are the same class.
 The LyX file created by reLyX can be included in an existing LyX file using
 
\family sans
\bar under
I
\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Fil
\bar under
e
\bar default
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Ly
\bar under
X
\bar default
\InsetSpace ~
Document
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\series bold
-r
\series default
 Regular environments (see the Section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-syntax}

\end_inset

).
  If you give more than one environment, separate them with commas (not
 spaces).
 You'll probably need to quote the environment list, especially if it has
 asterisk environments (foo*) in it.
 If you use this command often, considering creating a personal syntax file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\series bold
-s
\series default
 Syntax files.
 Input (one or more quoted, comma-separated) syntax files to read in addition
 to the default.
 (see the section Section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-syntax}

\end_inset

 for details).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Description
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX will create a LyX file 
\emph on
dir/foo.lyx
\emph default
 from the LaTeX file 
\emph on
dir/foo.tex
\emph default
 (unless the 
\series bold
-o
\series default
 option is used).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Suffixes 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
.ltx
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
.latex
\family default
 are supported.
 If 
\emph on
inputfile
\emph default
 does not exist and does not have one of these suffixes, reLyX will try
 to translate 
\emph on
inputfile.tex
\emph default
.
 (This is similar to the behavior of LaTeX.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The purpose of reLyX is to translate 
\shape italic
well-behaved
\shape default
 LaTeX2e into LyX.
 If your LaTeX file doesn't compile---or if you do weird things, like redefining
 standard LaTeX commands---it may choke.
 LaTeX209 will often be translated correctly, but it's not guaranteed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX has some bugs and lacks a few features.
 However, its main goals are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Get through a well-behaved LaTeX2e file without crashing
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Translate a lot of that file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Localize the parts that can't be translated and copy them in TeX mode
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It achieves these main goals pretty well on most files.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are many improvements that can and will be made to reLyX in the future.
 However, we wanted to get reLyX out there early on, to make it easier for
 new LyX users to read in their existing LaTeX files.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Usage
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here's a more lengthy description of what you should do to translate a LaTeX
 document into LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Run reLyX.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
reLyX will inform you of its progress and give any warnings to stderr, so
 if you don't want any output at all, try (in csh) 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
reLyX foo.tex >& /dev/null
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 or (in bash) 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
reLyX foo.tex
\family default
 
\family typewriter
2>&1 >/dev/null
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 You should NOT redirect standard output to 
\family typewriter
foo.lyx
\family default
.
 
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Run LyX on the resulting .lyx file.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
In theory, most of the file will have been translated, and anything that's
 untranslatable will be highlighted in red (TeX mode).
 In theory, LyX will be able to read in the file, and to create printed
 documents from it, because all that untranslated red stuff will be passed
 directly back to LaTeX, which LyX  uses as a backend.
 Unfortunately, reality doesn't always reflect theory.
 If reLyX crashes, or LyX cannot read the generated LyX file, see Section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bugs}

\end_inset

 or the 
\family typewriter
BUGS
\family default
 file.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Change things that are in ERT boxes (TeX code) by hand in LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
As mentioned above, you should be able to print out the LyX file even without
 doing this.
 However, changing a command in TeX mode to the corresponding LyX object
 will allow you to take advantage of LyX's WYSIWYM editing.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX is not guaranteed to create a LyX file which generates exactly the
 same output as the LaTeX file, but it should come close.
 reLyX will generally err on the side of translating less to ensure that
 dvi or ps files are accurate, even though this leads to more 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

evil red text
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and less WYSIWYM.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
PROOFREAD THE DOCUMENT!!
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
I'm sure you were planning on doing this anyway, but it's particularly important
 after translating a LaTeX document.
 reLyX is, at least now, better at 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

macro-translating
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (translating the whole document) than 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

micro-translating
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (translating every little detail).
 For example, you may see extra spaces or deleted spaces.
 Space handling has improved, but it's not perfect.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Subsubsection
What reLyX Can Handle
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX understands many LaTeX commands.
 It will translate:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
regular text, including mini-commands like ~, '', 
\family typewriter

\backslash
@
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
TeX
\family default
, as well as accented characters like 
\family typewriter

\backslash
'{a}
\family default
, and the special cases ?` and !`
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
title commands like 
\family typewriter

\backslash
author
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
date
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
title
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
thanks
\family default
 and the abstract environment
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
heading commands like 
\family typewriter

\backslash
section
\family default
 including starred commands (
\family typewriter

\backslash
section*
\family default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Environments: 
\family typewriter
quote
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
quotation
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
verse
\family default
; 
\family typewriter
center
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
flushright
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
flushleft
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter
itemize
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
enumerate
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
description
\family default
 environments, and their 
\family typewriter

\backslash
item
\family default
 commands.
 Also, well-behaved nested lists
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
cross-referencing commands: 
\family typewriter

\backslash
ref
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
pageref
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
label
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
cite
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
footnote
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
margin
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
font-changing commands including 
\family typewriter

\backslash
em
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
emph
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
textit
\family default
, and corresponding commands to change family, size, series, and shape
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
input{foo}
\family default
 (or 
\family typewriter

\backslash
input{foo.blah}
\family default
) and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
include{foo}
\family default
.
 Plain TeX 
\family typewriter

\backslash
input
\family default
 command 
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
input foo.tex
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is also supported.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter
tabular
\family default
 environment, and commands that go inside it like 
\family typewriter

\backslash
hline
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
cline
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
multicolumn
\family default
 (but see below)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
float environments 
\family typewriter
table
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
table*
\family default
, as well as 
\family typewriter

\backslash
caption
\family default
 commands within them
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter
thebibliography
\family default
 environment and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
bibitem
\family default
 command, as well as BibTeX's 
\family typewriter

\backslash
bibliography
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
bibliographystyle
\family default
 commands
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
miscellaneous commands: 
\family typewriter

\backslash
hfill
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash

\backslash

\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
noindent
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
ldots
\family default
...
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
documentclass-specific environments (and some commands) which can be  translated
 to LyX layouts
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
arguments to certain untranslatable commands (e.g.
 
\family typewriter

\backslash
mbox
\family default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some of this support may not be 100% yet.
 See below for details
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX copies math (almost) verbatim from your LaTeX file.
 Luckily, LyX reads  in LaTeX math, so (almost) any math which is supported
 by LyX should work just fine.
 A few math commands which are not supported by LyX will be replaced with
 their equivalents, e.g., 
\family typewriter

\backslash
to
\family default
 is converted to 
\family typewriter

\backslash
rightarrow
\family default
.
 See the section on 
\shape italic
Syntax Files
\shape default
 for more details.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX will also copy any preamble commands (i.e., anything before 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{document}
\family default
) verbatim, so fancy stuff you've got in your preamble should be conserved
 in dvi and printed documents, although it will not of course show up in
 the LyX window.
 Check the preamble to make sure.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
figures and 
\family typewriter
tabular*
\family default
 tables
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
minipages
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
spacing commands (
\family typewriter

\backslash
vspace
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
pagebreak
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
par
\family default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
centering
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
raggedleft
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
raggedright
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family typewriter

\backslash
verb
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
verbatim
\family default
 environment.
 reLyX is careful to copy 
\shape italic
exactly
\shape default
 in this case, including comments and whitespace.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
some unknown (e.g., user-defined) environments and commands
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX copies unknown commands, along with their arguments, verbatim into
 the LyX file.
 Also, if it sees a 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{foo}
\family default
 where it doesn't recognize the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

foo
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 environment, it will copy verbatim until it sees 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{foo}
\family default
 (unless you use the 
\series bold
-r
\series default
 option).
 Hopefully, then, most of these unknown commands won't cause reLyX to break;
 they'll merely require you to do some editing once you've loaded the file
 up in LyX.
  That should be less painful than editing either the 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 or the 
\family typewriter
.lyx
\family default
 file using a text editor.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~
k.\InsetSpace ~
a.
 BUGS
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-bugs}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Since reLyX is relatively new, it's got a number of problems.
  As it matures, these bugs will be squished.
 A number of bugs and missing features can be found listed on the LyX bug
 tracker, 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If reLyX is choking on something, or LyX can't read it after reLyX translates
 it, the best thing to do is to put 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{reLyXskip}
\family default
 before the offending text, and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{reLyXskip}
\family default
 after it.
 I call this a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

skip
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 block.
 reLyX will copy this block exactly, in TeX mode.
 Then edit the resulting LyX file, and translate the unknown stuff by hand.
 The 
\family typewriter
reLyXskip
\family default
 environment is magical; the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end
\family default
 commands will not be put into the LyX file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Exact
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 copying of unknown environments and commands isn't quite exact.
 Specifically, newlines and comments may be lost.
 This will yield ugly LyX, but in almost all cases the output will be the
 same.
 However, certain parts of the file will be copied perfectly, including
 whitespace and comments.
 This includes: the LaTeX preamble, 
\family typewriter
verbatim
\family default
 environments and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
verb
\family default
 commands, and skip blocks.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
reLyX translates only a few options to the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
documentclass
\family default
 command.
 (Specifically 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]side,
 landscape, and [one|two]column.) Other options are placed in the extra class
 options field in the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 dialog.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
More importantly, reLyX doesn't translate 
\family typewriter

\backslash
usepackage
\family default
 commands, margin  commands, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
newcommand
\family default
s, or, in fact, anything else from the preamble.
 It simply copies them into the LaTeX preamble.
 If you have margin commands in your preamble, then the LyX file will generate
 the right margins.
 However, these margins will override any margins you set in the LyX 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument
\bar under
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 dialog.
 So you should remove the options from the preamble to be safe.
 The same goes for setting your language with babel, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
inputencoding
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
pagestyle
\family default
, etc.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The foil class has a couple bugs.
 reLyX may do weird things with optional arguments to 
\family typewriter

\backslash
foilhead
\family default
 commands.
 Also, it may handle 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{dinglist}
\family default
 incorrectly (although the stuff in the environment should translate normally).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX is hopefully rather robust.
 As mentioned above, it may not translate your file perfectly, but it shouldn't
 crash.
 If it does crash---and the problem is not one of those mentioned above
 or in the 
\emph on
BUGS
\emph default
 file---see Section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bug-reports}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
What LyX Can't Handle
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX itself is missing a couple features, such that even if reLyX translates
 things perfectly, LyX may still have trouble reading it.
 If you really need these features, you can export your final document as
 LaTeX, and put them back in.
 See 
\emph on
BUGS
\emph default
 for more details on these bugs.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
For a number of commands, LyX does not support the optional argument.
 Examples include 
\family typewriter

\backslash
sqrt
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
chapter
\family default
 (and other sectioning commands), and 
\family typewriter

\backslash

\backslash

\family default
.
 reLyX will automatically discard the optional arguments with a warning
 to stdout.
 LyX also ignores the width argument for the 
\family typewriter
thebibliography
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Centering (or right or left justifying) works on full paragraphs.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
LyX support for tables isn't perfect.
 For complicated tables, use a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

skip
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 block, so that they will be copied in TeX mode.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The LyX math editor can't handle the AMS-LaTeX math environments align,
 split, etc.
 So those environments will be copied in TeX mode.
 You can change 
\family typewriter
equation*
\family default
 environments to the exactly equivalent displaymath, and then they will
 be translated correctly.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Examples
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter
reLyX -df -o 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

my/dir
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 -r 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

myenv
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 foo.tex > foo.debug
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The above will create a file my/dir/foo.lyx from foo.tex, overwriting if necessary.
  When it finds a 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{myenv} ...
 
\backslash
end{myenv}
\family default
 block, it will translate the stuff within the block, but copy the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end
\family default
 commands in TeX mode.
  Finally, I'm going to keep the temporary files around (they will also
 be in my/dir/) and output lots of debugging information into the file foo.debug.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Notes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Bug Reports
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-bug-reports}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If reLyX is crashing or otherwise acting strangely---in ways other than
 those described in Section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bugs}

\end_inset

 or the bug tracker---then please run reLyX
\series bold
 -d
\series default
.
  That will allow you to figure out where in the reLyXing process it crashed.
 That, in turn, will allow you to write a better bug report, which will
 allow the developers to fix it more quickly and easily.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Bug reports should be sent to the LyX developers' mailing list.
 Its address is currently 
\family typewriter
lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
\family default
.
 If you are running reLyX on a huge file, please do not send all of the
 output in your bug report.
 Just include the last ten or twenty lines of output, along with the piece
 of the LaTeX file it crashed on.
  Or, even better, attach a small but complete file which causes the same
 problem as your original file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Implementation Details:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX makes several 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

passes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in order to translate a TeX file.
 On each pass, it creates one or two files.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Pass\InsetSpace ~
0 \InsetSpace ~

\newline
Before doing anything, read the syntax file (or files).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Pass\InsetSpace ~
1a \InsetSpace ~

\newline
Split preamble (anything before a 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{document}
\family default
 command) off the rest of the file.
 It saves the two pieces in separate files.
 This is necessary because there may be very strange stuff in a preamble.
 It also ignores anything after the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{document}
\family default
, on the assumption that it isn't LaTeX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Pass\InsetSpace ~
1b \InsetSpace ~

\newline
Translate the preamble.
 Currently, that just means translating the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
documentclass
\family default
 command and copying the rest exactly into the LyX preamble.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Once you know what class the document is, read the LyX layout file for that
 class.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
Pass\InsetSpace ~
2 \InsetSpace ~

\newline

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Clean
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 the TeX file, generating slightly stricter LaTeX.
 This includes:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Change, e.g., 
\family typewriter
x^2
\family default
 to the equivalent but clearer 
\family typewriter
x^{2}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Removing optional arguments that LyX can't handle (e.g., from 
\family typewriter

\backslash
sqrt
\family default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Changing 
\family typewriter
{
\backslash
em foo}
\family default
 to 
\family typewriter

\backslash
emph{foo}
\family default
, etc.
 This is necessary because LyX always writes out the non-local forms anyway.
 This should very rarely make a difference.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
Pass\InsetSpace ~
3 \InsetSpace ~

\newline
Translate LaTeX text, commands, and environments to LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Pass\InsetSpace ~
4 \InsetSpace ~

\newline
Put the two pieces back together, and do some final tweaking, to generate
 the LyX file
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If there are any 
\family typewriter

\backslash
input
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter

\backslash
include
\family default
 commands, reLyX will loop back to the beginning and translate those.
 It assumes that the included files are the same class as the main file,
 and that they have no preamble matter.
 (If you have an 
\family typewriter

\backslash
input
\family default
 command in the preamble of a file, the command will be copied exactly into
 the LaTeX preamble portion of the LyX file, so the included file won't
 be translated.) So when translating included files, it skips passes 0 and
 1.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If reLyX doesn't find a file you wanted to include, it will give a warning,
 but will continue to translate any files it does find.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Layout Files
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX reads a LyX layout file to know how to handle LaTeX environments and
 commands which get translated to LyX layouts.
 This file will include all 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

normal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 non-math environments (i.e., including quote and itemize, but not tabular,
 minipage, and some other fancy environments), and commands like 
\family typewriter

\backslash
section
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
title
\family default
.
 If you want to reLyX a class that doesn't have an existing layout file,
 then you'll have to create a layout file.
 But you have to do this anyway, in order to LyX the file, since LyX depends
 on layout files to know how to display and process its files.
 Check the LyX documentation for help with this task (which can be hard
 or easy, depending on the class you want to create a layout file for.) If
 your class is quite similar to a class that has a layout file, then consider
 using the 
\series bold
-c
\series default
 option.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Syntax Files
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-syntax}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX always reads at least one syntax file, called the default syntax file.
 reLyX will read your personal syntax file if it exists; otherwise it will
 read the system-wide file.
 reLyX will read additional syntax files if you specify them with the 
\series bold
-s
\series default
 option.
 (These extra files should have the same format as the default file, but
 will tend to be shorter, since they only have to specify extra commands
 not found in the default file.) A syntax file tells reLyX a few things.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
First, it describes the syntax of each command, that is, how many required
 arguments and how many optional arguments the command takes.
 Knowing this makes it easier for reLyX to copy (in TeX mode) commands that
 it doesn't know how to translate.
 The syntax file simply has a command, followed by braces or brackets describing
 its arguments in the correct order.
 For example, a syntax file entry 
\family typewriter

\backslash
bibitem[]{}
\family default
 means that the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
bibitem
\family default
 command takes an optional argument followed by a required one, while the
 entry 
\family typewriter

\backslash
bf
\family default
 means that the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
bf
\family default
 command takes no arguments at all.
  When reLyX encounters a token that it doesn't know how to translate into
 LyX, it will copy the token---along with the correct number of arguments---exac
tly.
  If the token is not in the syntax file, then reLyX just copies as many
 arguments as it finds.
  This means that it may copy too much.
 But since the user can specify additional syntax files, that shouldn't
 happen often.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some commands that cannot be translated to LyX, like 
\family typewriter

\backslash
mbox
\family default
, have as one of their arguments regular LaTeX text.
 If the string 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

translate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is put into an argument of an (untranslatable) command in the syntax file,
 then reLyX will translate that argument instead of copying it verbatim.
 So, for example, the default syntax file has 
\family typewriter

\backslash
raisebox{}[][]{translate}
\family default
.
 This means that the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
raisebox
\family default
 command and the first argument (and optional arguments if they exist) are
 copied in TeX mode, but the last argument (which may contain math, complicated
 LaTeX, other untranslatable commands, etc.) will be translated into LyX.
 You can't use 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

translate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 on optional arguments.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
User-defined syntax files are allowed to define new commands and their syntax,
 or override the number of arguments for a command given in the default
 syntax file.
 (E.g., if you're using a style that gives an extra argument to some command...)
 However, this will only be useful for commands copied in TeX mode.
 Commands which are actually translated by reLyX (like 
\family typewriter

\backslash
item
\family default
) have their argument syntax hard-coded.
 The hard-coded commands are identified in the default syntax file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Second, the syntax file describes any 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

regular environments
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
  Usually, an entire unknown environment will be copied in TeX mode.
 If you define a regular environment 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

foo
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, though, then only the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{foo}
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{foo}
\family default
 commands will be copied in TeX mode; the text within the environment will
 be treated (i.e., translated) by reLyX as regular LaTeX, rather than being
 copied into TeX mode.
 Don't try to declare 
\family typewriter
tabbing
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
picture
\family default
 as regular environments, as the text within those environments will confuse
 reLyX; use this capability for new environments you create that have plain
 text or math or simple commands in them.
 You also can't declare unknown math environments (like 
\family typewriter
equation*
\family default
) as regular environments, either, since the LyX math editor won't understand
 them.
 The names of regular environments appear, whitespace-separated, between
 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{reLyXre}
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{reLyXre}
\family default
 statements in the syntax file.
 (If you have a regular environment which you won't use very often, you
 can use the 
\series bold
-r
\series default
 option rather than writing a syntax file.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Third, the syntax file describes a math translation table.
 The LyX math editor doesn't support a few commands.
 For example, 
\family typewriter
_
\family default
 is supported, but the equivalent 
\family typewriter

\backslash
sb
\family default
 is not.
 Put any commands you'd like translate between 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{reLyXmt}
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{reLyXmt}
\family default
 statements.
 The statement 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
| {
\backslash
Vert}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 means that any 
\family typewriter

\backslash
|
\family default
 in math mode will be converted to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
Vert
\family default
 
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\family typewriter
 
\family default
(in cases where a token made up of a backslash and a non-letter is translated
 to something with letters at the end, a space is added by reLyX.
 That way, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
|a
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is correctly translated to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
Vert a
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Miscellaneous
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You need Perl version 5.002 or later to run reLyX.
 <plug> If you don't have Perl, you should get it anyway (at 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/}

\end_inset

), because it's a really useful tool for pretty much anything.
 </plug>
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Diagnostics
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX should always explain why it crashes, if it crashes.
 Some diagnostics may be very technical, though, if they come from the guts
 of the code.
 reLyX gives much more information while running if you use the 
\series bold
-d
\series default
 option, but you shouldn't need that unless something goes wrong.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When it's finished, reLyX will tell you if it finished successfully or died
 due to some error.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Warnings
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Always keep a copy of your original LaTeX files either under a different
 name or in a different directory.
 There are a couple ways in which using LyX could lead to overwriting the
 original LaTeX file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you import 
\family typewriter
foo.tex
\family default
 to create 
\family typewriter
foo.lyx
\family default
, then edit 
\family typewriter
foo.lyx
\family default
 and want to re-export it, note that it will overwrite the original 
\family typewriter
foo.tex
\family default
.
 (LyX will 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 ask you if you want to overwrite it.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you have chosen not to use a temporary directory in the preferences,
 then LyX will create its temporary files in your current directory, which
 means your LaTeX original may be overwritten (without a warning from LyX)
 when you 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

view dvi
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 or print the LyX document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Files
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family typewriter
\series medium
MY_LYXDIR/layouts/*.layout
\family default
\series default
 \InsetSpace ~

\newline
User's personal layout files for document classes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family typewriter
\series medium
MY_LYXDIR/reLyX/syntax.default
\family default
\series default
 \InsetSpace ~

\newline
User's personal syntax file
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family typewriter
\series medium
LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout
\family default
\series default
 \InsetSpace ~

\newline
System-wide layout files for document classes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family typewriter
\series medium
LIBDIR/reLyX/syntax.default
\family default
\series default
 \InsetSpace ~

\newline
System-wide LaTeX syntax file
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter
LIBDIR
\family default
 is the system-wide LyX directory, usually something like 
\family typewriter
/usr/local/share/lyx/
\family default
.
 
\family typewriter
MY_LYXDIR
\family default
 is your personal LyX directory, something like 
\family typewriter
.lyx/
\family default
 in your home directory.
 You can see their actual values in the 
\family sans
\bar under
H
\bar default
elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
About\InsetSpace ~
Ly
\bar under
X
\family default
\bar default
 dialog.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
See also
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\shape italic
lyx
\shape default
(1), 
\shape italic
latex
\shape default
(1)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Authors
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Copyright (c) 1998--9 
\noun on
Amir Karger
\noun default
 (
\family typewriter
karger@voth.chem.utah.edu
\family default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Code contributors:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
John Weiss
\noun default
 wrote the original CleanTeX pass.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Etienne Grossmann
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Jos\i \'{e}
 Ab\i \'{\i}
lio Oliveira Matos
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
David Suarez de Lis
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Other contributors:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
\noun default
 worked on the wrapper script and offered lots of bug reports, advice, and
 feature suggestions.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Asger K.
 Alstrup Nielsen
\noun default
 and 
\noun on
Marc Pavese
\noun default
 provided advice.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Various members of the LyX developers' and users' lists provided bug reports
 and feature suggestions.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
reLyX uses a modified version the Perl TeX parser 
\family typewriter
Text::TeX
\family default
 package written by 
\noun on
Ilya Zakharevich
\noun default
 (
\family typewriter
ilya@math.ohio-state.edu
\family default
), available on CPAN.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
LyX Features needing Extra Software
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Paul Evans
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Overview
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LinuxDoc is a document class available in LyX if you have the 
\family typewriter
sgml-tools
\family default
 package installed.
 You can use it to produce documents in the so-called Standardized General
 Mark-up Language (SGML) in the particular format used by the Linux Documentatio
n Project.
 That is obviously helpful if you are contributing to that project.
 You can use the SGML format with the 
\family typewriter
sgml-tools
\family default
 package of scripts and programs (to produce other formats, including Latex,
 HTML, plain text, man pages and\SpecialChar \ldots{}
).
 You may therefore prefer to use this document class if you want to write
 something that can be easily translated into other formats.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You will find that LinuxDoc has fewer layout options than the other text
 classes in LyX.
 This is mainly so that the translations into other formats have a chance
 of making some sense.
 In this section we describe:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
how to setup and use a document in LinuxDoc
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
how to use the tags in LinuxDoc to layout your document
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
how to use the SGML packages to produce the various formats
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
how to sort out some problems.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Getting started
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You start by selecting the LinuxDoc class using the 
\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
S
\bar default
ettings
\family default
 dialog.

\family sans
 
\family default
Then you will find that there are fewer paragraph environments than for
 most other classes.
 You can see them on the pull down box on the left of the tool bar.
 How to use them is described in section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You 
\emph on
must
\emph default
 enter a title for the document, followed by an author, marking each with
 the appropriate paragraph environment.
 If you don't do this, you will get errors when you try to print the file.
 You can then enter the date and an abstract.
 The document proper must start with a Section paragraph environment rather
 than any standard layout.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
After that you can prepare a document as usual using the available range
 of paragraph environments.
 See section\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas}

\end_inset

 for the full list and their uses.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Output from LinuxDoc
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can print and save these documents in the normal way.
 To use the other features of the SGML package you need to save your document
 as LinuxDoc; this is a version in which the document is translated into
 the basic sgml tags.
 Use
\family sans
 
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
E
\bar default
xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Linu
\bar under
x
\bar default
Doc.

\family default
 You will get a file with the same name and a 
\family typewriter
.sgml
\family default
 extension rather than a 
\family typewriter
.lyx
\family default
 extension.
 See\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmloperate}

\end_inset

 on how you than make use of this file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is a formal structure for LinuxDoc which limits how you can place
 tags.
 There are two parts to all documents: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Header: this is everything up to the first time you insert a Section layout
 marker.
 It can include title, author, date, abstract and ToC.
 You must include the first two.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Body: from the beginning of the first section onwards.
 All other tags are allowed.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas}

\end_inset

Here is a list of all the tags you will find listed on the layout bar in
 the order they come there, with some comments where the purpose or use
 is not obvious:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Standard:
\family roman
 works as described in [cross reference]
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Title
\family default
: This will appear at the top left of the document when printed, above a
 heavy horizontal rule, although you will not see this on the LyX screen.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Section, Subsection, Subsubsection, Paragraph and Subparagraph:
\family default
 all do what you would expect and in the usual order.
 Whether they are numbered or not is controlled by the 
\family sans
Section\InsetSpace ~
number\InsetSpace ~
depth
\family default
 setting.
 You cannot get the equivalent number free versions in any other way; there
 is no 
\family sans
Section*
\family default
 or similar
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Enumerate:
\family default
 As usual this produces a numbered and indented list as described in the
 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Itemize: 
\family roman
Again much the same as in the other classes: see the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Description
\family default
: As explained in the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
.
 Remember that if you want the bold element at the start of a description
 to be more than one word then you need to put protected spaces between
 the words.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Verbatim: 
\family default
As usual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Code: similar to the Lyx-Code
\family roman
 environment
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Author
\family default
: Anything you mark with this will appear on the left of the heading of
 the document, under the heavy rule.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Date:
\family default
 Anything you mark with this will appear on the right of the heading under
 the rule.
 You do not have to make this a date.
 Any text can be entered, e.\InsetSpace ~
g.
 a version number.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Abstract
\family default
: You can use this to produce a free standing paragraph after the author
 and date, and before the first section.
 You are only allowed one such paragraph.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard

\emph on
Author's note.
 
\emph default
This needs checking ---
\emph on
pe.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Displaymath
\family default
:
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard

\emph on
Author's note: 
\emph default
I have not yet checked this ---
\emph on
pe.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Other document features
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also use the 
\family sans
Layout 
\family default
menu to set fonts or to emphasis words.
 You can also use the table of contents as usual; see the corresponding
 section of the 
\emph on
User's Guide
\emph default
.
 Although you will find some some other features on the menus e.\InsetSpace ~
g.
 inserting footnotes.
 There is some doubt about whether these will work correctly.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard

\emph on
Author's note: 
\emph default
Again still checking to see whether this is my system
\emph on
 ---pe.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Cross references and HTML 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
On the
\family sans
 Insert
\family default
 menu you will find two new options relating to the inclusion of URL addresses.
 If you use either option you will find some highlighted TeX code inserted
 into your document in three separate blocks with spaces available between.
 The blocks will be:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quote

\family typewriter

\backslash
htmlurl{
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter

\backslash
url{
\family roman

\hfill
space
\family default
 
\family typewriter

\hfill
}{
\family roman

\hfill
space
\hfill

\family typewriter
}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You insert a full HTML tag between the first and second blocks.
 This can be 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://any.address}

\end_inset

 or other valid tags such as 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:me@my.address}

\end_inset


\family typewriter
.
\family default
Then y
\family roman
ou 
\family default
insert some description between the second and third blocks.
 The differences are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
URL:
\family roman
 both the HTML tag and the description will appear in the document
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
HTML\InsetSpace ~
URL: 
\family roman
only the description appears in the printed version
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
This section is completely outdated.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate}

\end_inset

You can use LinuxDoc as a text class without any additional scripts or programs,
 but there is not much point in doing this.
 All you will get is a document that looks like a 
\emph on
Linux Documentation Project Howto
\family sans
\emph default
.
 
\family default
To do the document translation you need to get and install the 
\family typewriter
sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz 
\family default
(with 
\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$
\end_inset

) package from 
\family roman
the SGML-Tools WWW Page
\family default
 at
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\family roman
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools}

\end_inset


\family default
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Alternatively, you can go to the 
\family typewriter
sunsite
\family default
 archive at
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Note that, at the time of this writing (01/1998), version 1.0.3 of sgml-tools
 has not yet been made available at 
\family typewriter
sunsite
\family default
.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\family roman
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
The
\family default
 file 
\family typewriter
sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
\family default
 contains everything that you need to write SGML documents and convert them
 to groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX, and RTF\SpecialChar \@.

\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This package was renamed from 
\family typewriter
linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz
\family default
 in January 1997.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Follow the instructions in that package on how to install it and how to
 use it.
 All this has to be done outside of LyX, before you can use the 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
E
\bar default
xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
as\InsetSpace ~
LinuxDoc 
\family roman
option.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you print or preview a LinuxDoc document some checking is done of the
 tags before LaTeX is run.
 Some errors are trapped here, especially those concerning the structure
 of the document.
 LyX may produce an error message, but not leave an error box in the document
 for you to open.
 You may have to look at the files directly to discover what is wrong.
 Most problems seem to come from the use of options that are not fully available
 in the text class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Checking TeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Asger Alstrup
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Under the 
\family sans
\bar under
T
\bar default
ools
\family default
 menu, you'll find a 
\family sans
\bar under
C
\bar default
heck\InsetSpace ~
TeX
\family default
 command.
 This feature requires you to have the 
\family typewriter
chktex
\family default
 program installed, and is grayed out if you don't have it.
 You can get it from your nearest CTAN mirror, or over the Web from 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 package is a program that was written by 
\noun on
Jens T.
 Berger Thielemann
\noun default
 in frustration because some constructs in LaTeX are sometimes non-intuitive,
 and easy to forget.
 The program runs over your LaTeX file and checks the integrity of the file,
 and flags some common errors.
 In other technical words, it is 
\family typewriter
Lint
\family default
 for LaTeX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Well, what is a syntax checker doing in LyX which is supposed to produce
 correct LaTeX anyways? The answer is simple: Just as 
\family typewriter
Lint
\family default
 not only checks the 
\emph on
syntax
\emph default
 of C programs, but also does 
\emph on
semantic
\emph default
 checks for type-errors, 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 catches some common 
\emph on
typographic
\emph default
 errors, in addition to the syntactical ones.
 Specifically, 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 is capable of detecting several common errors, such as
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Ellipsis detection:
\newline
Use \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 instead of ...
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
No space in front of/after parenthesis:
\newline
( wrong spacing )
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations:
\newline
e.
 g.
 is too wide spacing.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a
 capital letter:
\newline
This is a TEST.
 And this is wrong spacing.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Space in front of labels and similar commands:
\newline
The label should stick right
 up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex}

\end_inset

 
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page
\end_layout

\end_inset

 The label is separated too much.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces:
\newline
In you are in bad luck,
 the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number,
 and that's a pity.
 See section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex}

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Use of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

x
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 instead of 
\begin_inset Formula $\times$
\end_inset

 between numbers:
\newline
2x2 looks cheap compared to 
\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
and more \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 It is an invaluable tool when you are 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

finishing up
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 your document before printing, and you should run it right after the obligatory
 spelling check, and before you go fine tuning the typesetting.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
How to use it
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you have the program installed, usage is as simple as choosing 
\family sans
\bar under
T
\bar default
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
C
\bar default
heck\InsetSpace ~
TeX
\family default
.
 This will make LyX generate a LaTeX file of your document, start 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 to check it, and then make LyX insert 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

error boxes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 with the warnings from 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
, if there were any.
 The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake, and you
 can quickly find them by using the 
\family sans
\bar under
N
\bar default
avigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
E
\bar default
rror
\family default
 menu item, or the shortcut key 
\family sans
C-g
\family default
 from the default 
\family typewriter
cua
\family default
 bind file.
 Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse, or use the shortcut
 key 
\family sans
C-i
\family default
 from 
\family typewriter
cua
\family default
 bindings, or the corresponding 
\family sans
C-o
\family default
 for the alternate 
\family typewriter
emacs
\family default
 bind file.
 Read the warning and correct the mistake, if it is a mistake.
 If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about, you can safely
 ignore it.
 Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and
 the technical details in invoking 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
, and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just right down plain
 silly.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should
 provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with.
 Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false
 alarms, though.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
How to fine tune it
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes, you'll find that 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 makes more noise than suits your mood.
 Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try
 to customize 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 to get better along with you.
 Another choice in the most desperate situations is to use 
\family sans
\bar under
V
\bar default
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
R
\bar default
emove\InsetSpace ~
All\InsetSpace ~
Error\InsetSpace ~
Boxes
\family default
, which will get rid of all warnings instantly.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Although 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 
\emph on
is
\emph default
 very configurable and extensible, you shouldn't expect to solve all problems
 with 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 in LyX this way.
 Since LyX has to generate a somewhat special LaTeX file to be able to match
 the line numbers from the 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 output
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
You can inspect the specific output from 
\family sans
chktex
\family default
 by using 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
View\InsetSpace ~
LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
Log
\family default
 right after a 
\family sans
chktex
\family default
 run.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 to the internal document structure, some of the warnings will not seen
 to appear correctly.
 There are two things you can do about this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Fine tune the 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 invocation command line in 
\family sans
Preferences
\family default
 (tabs 
\family sans
Outputs
\family default
, 
\family sans
Misc
\family default
), or the global 
\family sans
ChkTeX
\family default
 installation configuration file (usually with the file 
\family typewriter
/usr/local/share/chktexrc
\family default
).
 See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command
 line.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Export your document as a raw LaTeX file using 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
E
\bar default
xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
L
\bar default
aTeX
\family default
 and run 
\family typewriter
chktex
\family default
 manually on that.
 Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place
 in the document inside LyX, but with a little patience, you should be able
 to do it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in 
\family sans
Preferences
\family default
.
 Use 
\family typewriter
-n#
\family default
 to disable a warning, and 
\family typewriter
-w#
\family default
 to enable a warning.
 The emphasized entries are disabled by default, because the default is
 "
\family typewriter
chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
\family default
".
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings,
 because LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set
 in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with 
\family typewriter
chktex
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
\emph on
Command terminated with space.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Non-breaking space (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
~
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) should have been used.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
\emph on
You should enclose the previous parenthesis with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
{}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Italic correction (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
/
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) found in non-italic buffer.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Italic correction (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
/
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) found more than once.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
\emph on
No italic correction (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
/
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) found.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Accent command 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
cmd
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 needs use of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
cmd
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Wrong length of dash may have been used.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
\emph on
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
%s
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 expected, found 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
%s
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Solo 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
%s
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 found.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
You should use 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
%s
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to achieve an ellipsis.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Inter-word spacing (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
 
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

) should perhaps be used.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Inter-sentence spacing (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
@
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) should perhaps be used.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Could not find argument for command.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
No match found for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
%s
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Number of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
char
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 doesn't match the number of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
char
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
You should use either 
\family typewriter

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family default
 or 
\family typewriter

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\family default
 as an alternative to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
"
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
You should use "
\family typewriter
'
\family default
" (ASCII 39) instead of "
\family typewriter
´
\family default
" (ASCII 180).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
User-specified pattern found.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
This command might not be intended.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
\emph on
Comment displayed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Either 
\family typewriter
''
\backslash
,'
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter
'
\backslash
,''
\family default
 will look better.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
\emph on
You might wish to put this between a pair of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
{}
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Could not execute LaTeX command.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Don't use 
\family typewriter

\backslash
/
\family default
 in front of small punctuation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\family typewriter
\size small
$
\backslash
times$
\family default
 may look prettier here.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
\emph on
Multiple spaces detected in output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
This text may be ignored.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Use 
\family typewriter

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family default
 to begin quotation, not 
\family typewriter
'
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Use 
\family typewriter
'
\family default
 to end quotation, not 
\family typewriter

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Don't mix quotes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
You should perhaps use 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
cmd
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 instead.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
\emph on
You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
Double space found.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
You should remove spaces in front of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
%s
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\size small
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
%s
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is normally not followed by 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
%c
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In later versions of LyX, we hope to provide a more complete interface to
 this tool (and it's smaller cousin 
\family typewriter
lacheck
\family default
) to exploit the full power of it.
 But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing
 documents of a certain length and be surprised.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Version Control in LyX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by
\noun on
 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A friend of mine wanted to try LyX for a group project.
 When he didn't find support for version control or file locking, he dropped
 it.
 This angered me a bit, so I thought that I should at least make support
 for RCS (with the possibility of CVS and/or SCCS as a future improvement.)
 This has now been done.
 LyX now supports some of the most basic RCS commands.
 If you need to something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that
 manually in an xterm.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Before you begin to use the version control features in LyX, you should
 read 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

rcsintro
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (a man file, read it with 
\family typewriter
man rcsintro
\family default
).
 This file describes all the basic features of RCS.
 You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory, and the
 notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in 
\family typewriter
,v
\family default
).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The implementation in LyX assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS package---no
 guarantees are made for older versions.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
RCS commands in LyX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by LyX.
 You can find them in the 
\family sans
\bar under
F
\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
V
\bar default
ersion\InsetSpace ~
Control
\family default
 submenu.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Register
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown
 in the menu.
 And if it is under revision control, the 
\family sans
\bar under
R
\bar default
egister
\family default
 item is grayed out.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This command registers your document with RCS\SpecialChar \@.
 You are asked interactively
 to supply an initial description of the document.
 The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to 
\family sans
Check\InsetSpace ~
Out\InsetSpace ~
For\InsetSpace ~
Edit
\family default
, before making any changes to it.
 A document under revision control has a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

[RCS:<version> <locker>]
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
RCS command that is run: 
\family typewriter
ci -q -u -i -t-"<initial description>" <file-name>
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Read 
\family typewriter
man ci
\family default
 to understand the switches.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Check In Changes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you are finished editing a file, you check in your changes.
 When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes.
 This is stored in the history log.
 The version number is bumped, your changes are applied to the master RCS
 file, the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
RCS command: 
\family typewriter
ci -q -u -m"<description>" <file-name>
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Check Out For Edit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it.
 This will also make the document Read-Write only for you.
 You will usually continue editing for a while and when you are finished
 you check in your changes.
 The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
RCS command: 
\family typewriter
co -q -l <file-name>
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Revert To Last Version
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check
 in.
 You get a warning before changes are discarded.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
RCS command: 
\family typewriter
co -f -u<version> <file-name>
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Undo Last Checkin
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This makes as if the last check in never happened.
 No changes are made to the document loaded into LyX, but the last version
 is removed from the master RCS file.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
RCS command: 
\family typewriter
rcs -o<version> <file-name>
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Show History
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This show the complete history of the RCS document.
 The output of 
\family typewriter
rlog <file-name>
\family default
 is shown in a browser.
 See 
\family typewriter
man rlog
\family default
 for more info.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Literate Programming
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Updated by 
\noun on
Kayvan Sylvan 
\noun default
(kayvan@sylvan.com)
\noun on
, 
\noun default
original documentation written by 
\noun on
Edmar Wienskoski Jr.

\noun default
 (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use LyX for
 literate programming.
 Where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique,
 and know what 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

tangling
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

weaving
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 means.
 If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following
 sections.
 There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development
 history to the latest tools tips.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It is also assumed that you are familiar with LyX itself to a point that
 you are comfortable changing your LyX preferences, and X resources file.
 If that is not the case please refer to other LyX documentation to cover
 your specific needs.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Literate Programming
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
From the Literate Programming FAQ: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quotation
Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together
 in a fashion suited for reading by human beings.
 In fact, literate programs should be enjoyable reading, even inviting!
 (Sorry Bob, I couldn't resist!) In general, literate programs combine source
 and documentation in a single file.
 Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable
 documentation or compilable source.
 The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.E.
 Knuth during the development of his TeX typesetting software.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Another excerpt says:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quotation

\emph on
How is literate programming different from verbose commenting?
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quotation
There are three distinguishing characteristics.
 In order of importance, they are: 
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
flexible order of elaboration 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
automatic support for browsing 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics 
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
References
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quote
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Literate Programming FAQ]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools.
 Where some are specialized or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

tailored
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 for particular programming languages, while other have general scope.
 I selected 
\noun on
Noweb
\noun default
 for my own use for several reasons:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
It can generate the documentation either in latex or html.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
It has a open architecture, i.e., it is easy to plug in new filters and to
 perform special processing that you may need.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
There is a good selection of filters available already (the html is one
 of them).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
It is free.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The Noweb web page can be found at: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quote
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Noweb home page]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even
 some literate program examples.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
LyX and Literate Programming
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The LyX support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic
 LyX convertors mechanism.
 This support is provided in a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Noweb independent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 way, i.e., you will be able to use this new LyX feature with some other literate
 programming tool of your choice by just changing your LyX preferences.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Paragraph
Selecting the document class
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you have installed Noweb and LyX successfully, whenever you open a new
 document or try to change the document class of an existing one, you will
 find that there are three new document classes available:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Article (Noweb)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Book (Noweb)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Report (Noweb)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You must select one of them to create your literate documents from.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes.
 New classes can be generated from other styles like letter or in combination
 with other class variations like Article (AMS).
 If you have special needs that cannot be covered by one of the existing
 classes, let the LyX developers list (lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org) know and we
 will arrange to insert a new entry, or teach you how to do it.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
It is very simple, it involves the creation of a file with four lines, and
 re-running of the auto configuration.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Moreover, if you use a literate tool other than Noweb you may need to create
 a new set of document classes for it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Paragraph
Typing code in
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX enables you to write code with a layout named 
\noun on
Scrap
\noun default
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
The equivalent Noweb term is 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Chunk
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 For historical reasons, I got used to the term 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

scrap
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 introduced by other literate tool named Nuweb, which I used for many years
 before rendering myself to Noweb.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Noweb delimits scraps like this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
<<My scrap>>=
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  code
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  more code
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  even more code
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  @
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the 
\family typewriter
@
\family default
 must be taken literally, i.e., LyX should be prevented from making any special
 interpretation of what has been written.
 This is handled by a special layout named Scrap, that works like a normal
 paragraph but has a free spacing capability.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The down side of the Scrap paragraph layout is that consecutive paragraphs
 of code will be spaced with one empty line in the source code and also
 in the printed documentation.
 The work around is to enter each line of code within a single Scrap, with
 a newline (ctrl-return).
 The example above will look like this:
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
If you have a printed version of this document you will not see any difference
 between the previous example and this one.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
<<My scrap>>=
\newline
  code
\newline
  more code
\newline
  even more code
\newline
  @
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This layout works fine.
 The only real inconvenience is that you have to type ctrl-return instead
 of a plain return.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
It is in my list of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

improvements
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to fix that.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As a special note, you can also use the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

%def
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 construct of Noweb in your scraps to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-refe
rence:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
<<My scrap>>=
\newline
  def some_function(args):
\newline
    "This is the doc string for this
 function."
\newline
    print "My args: ", args
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
@ %def some_function
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output, look
 at the Literate python program in 
\emph on
LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx 
\emph default
which should make this all clear.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Paragraph
Generating the documentation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document
 class, and with some code and text on it.
 How do I print it? The answer is simple, you select 
\family sans
\bar under
V
\bar default
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
D
\bar default
VI,
\family default
 etc.
 Just like you would do for a plain document.
 No special procedure is required.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside LyX:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
When the 
\family sans
\bar under
U
\bar default
pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
D
\bar default
VI 
\family default
menu option is chosen, a latex file is generated.
 
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named
 with an extension name defined by the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

literate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 format (defined in the Preferences panel), otherwise the file will have
 the usual 
\family typewriter
.tex 
\family default
extension.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special
 processing is required by LyX.
 Given that you formatted the code using the Scrap layout that, by itself,
 takes care of the business.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
If the document is of any literate class LyX will then use the internal
 LyX to Noweb converter, followed by the Noweb to LaTeX converter
\begin_inset Foot
status open

\begin_layout Standard
The converters are defined in the 
\family sans
\bar under
T
\bar default
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
P
\bar default
references
\family default
 panel, under the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Conversion
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 tab.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 to generate the LaTeX file.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Otherwise it will just skip this step.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Finally, LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in
 a plain document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Independence from a particular 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

literate tool
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various
 converters.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Paragraph
Generating the code
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the
 toolbar is pressed, a latex file is generated just like step 1 above.
 Next, LyX invokes the
\family typewriter
 Noweb->Program
\family default
 converter.
 Typically, this converter (like any other converter), has two parts:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
The converter program itself.
 This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in
 this case, from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
The error log parser.
 This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a
 format that LyX understands.
 This makes it possible for LyX to place error boxes in the right places
 in the file buffer.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The first part, the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Converter
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 setting, should be set to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
build-script $$i
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 This basically means that LyX will call 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

build-script
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (generally a file
 in the LyX temp directory).
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This is an implementation of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

build-script
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 that you can place in a directory on your path:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
#!/bin/sh
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
#
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The next part of the converter setting is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Flags
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 which is to be set to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
originaldir,parselog=listerrors
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 This will run any errors that are generated by the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

build-script
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 process through the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

listerrors
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 program.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The converter code looks in 
\emph on
MYLYXDIR/scripts 
\emph default
first, then in
\emph on
 LIBDIR/scripts 
\emph default
then on the path for the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

listerrors
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 program.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Paragraph
Build instructions in the document
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The last piece of the integration between LyX and noweb is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

build-script
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 scrap.
 Generally, the instructions for building your program should be embedded
 in a scrap of its own.
 The noweb-specific 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

build-script
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 above uses the notangle command to look for this scrap (called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

build-script
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) and runs its contents through 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

sh
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Typically, such a scrap would look something like this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
<<build-script>>=
\newline
#!/bin/sh
\newline

\newline
if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]
\newline
then
\newline
  NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw
\newline

fi
\newline
[...
 code to extract files ...]
\newline
[...
 code to compile files ...]
\newline
@
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Look in 
\emph on
LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx 
\emph default
or in 
\emph on
LIBDIR/examples/Literate.lyx
\emph default
 which implement two versions of the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

listerrors
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together or
 in 
\emph on
LIBDIR/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx.
 
\emph default
Interestingly, these three files show off the language-indepence of the
 LyX literate programming support since they are written in Python, C and
 Perl respectively.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Configuring LyX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All the Literate Programming support is configured by the 
\family sans
\bar under
T
\bar default
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
P
\bar default
references
\family default
 panel in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Conversion
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 tab.
 The important parts are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
the\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

literate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

\InsetSpace ~
format Set up via the Formats tab, this is where the Noweb-specific pieces
 are set up.
 The 
\family sans
GUI Name
\family default
 is set to 
\family typewriter
NoWeb
\family default
, the file extension is set to 
\family typewriter
.nw
\family default
.
 This tells LyX to create a file with a 
\family typewriter
.nw
\family default
 extension in the first step of the conversion process.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
the\InsetSpace ~

\family sans
Program
\family default
\InsetSpace ~
format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint
 of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
NoWeb
\family default
->
\family sans
LaTeX
\family default
 This converter performs the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

weaving
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of the literate document.
 For Noweb, it is set to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
NoWeb
\family default
->
\family sans
Program
\family default
 This performs the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

tangling step
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 As stated above, the Converter is set to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
build-script $$i
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, with Flags set to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
originaldir,parselog=listerrors
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Debug extensions
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is also a new function implemented in the LyX server, the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

server-goto-file-row" function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor
 at the current execution position with a single key stroke.
 The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V.
 It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd
 by accessing the
\family sans
 
\bar under
E
\bar default
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
P
\bar default
references\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
H
\bar default
elpers 
\family default
dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
I take advantage of the new created LyX server function and this ddd feature,
 and set 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Edit Sources
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that
 you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and
 ddd you forward this information to LyX through the LyX server and then
 the LyX window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position
 ddd was pointing to.
 No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back
 from debugging !
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note however that you must enable the LyX server to get this feature working
 (it is disabled by default).
 You can enable it in 
\family sans
Preferences
\family default
 (tabs 
\family sans
Inputs
\family default
, 
\family sans
Paths
\family default
) by entering in the 
\family sans
LyXserver pipe
\family default
 a path like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
/home/<your-home-directory>/.lyx/lyxpipe
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Read the LyX server documentation in the 
\emph on
Customization Manual
\emph default
 for further information.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Toolbar extensions
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar.
 Five of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles: 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
, 
\family sans
Section
\family default
, 
\family sans
LaTeX
\family default
, 
\family sans
LyX-Code
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Scrap
\family default
.
 The last one is a short cut to the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Build Program
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 File menu entry.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization.
 In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more:
 One for 
\family sans
\bar under
V
\bar default
iew
\family default
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family sans
\bar under
U
\bar default
pdate
\family default
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family sans
\bar under
D
\bar default
VI
\family default
 and the other for 
\family sans
\bar under
V
\bar default
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under
D
\bar default
VI
\family default
 File menu entries.
 Here is how it looks like:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
Toolbar
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Layouts
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Icon "layout Standard"
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Icon "layout Section"
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Icon "layout LaTeX"
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Icon "layout LyX-Code"
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Icon "layout Scrap"
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Separator
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Icon "buffer-view"
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Icon "buffer-typeset"
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Icon "build-program"
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
  Separator
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
End
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Colors customization
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are a number of colors in LyX that can be customized in 
\family sans
Preferences
\family default
.
 One of the things that bothers people is the LaTeX font color.
 The default color is red, since the scraps uses LaTeX font, and there is
 a lot of scraps in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything
 in red.
 You can change it by going to the tabs 
\family sans
Look&Feel
\family default
, 
\family sans
Colors.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen.
 You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend
 in the background.
 I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not
 equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering
 you anymore.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:secrets}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Though LyX is a powerful tool, it cannot hope to support everything that
 can be done with pure TeX/LaTeX.
 However, many familiar dirty TeX and LaTeX tricks can be done within LyX,
 as long as you are not afraid to use that 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

TeX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 button on the toolbar or add things to the LaTeX preamble.
 This section lists some tips, tricks, and otherwise cool ideas to give
 your document that extra little flair.
 
\emph on
Do try this at home
\emph default
, just start with something a little smaller and less important than your
 dissertation!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Most ideas in this section require less common files in your LaTeX installation.
 If you have a system like teTeX, most will already be available.
 A few, however, will need to be downloaded from one of the CTAN archives.
 Often, there are several ways to do something, or several LaTeX style files
 which do the same thing.
 We do not endorse one choice over another, we simply claim that we have
 done a particular task with a particular file.
 Put on your wizard hat, keep an eye out for dragons, and let us begin.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
suggested by 
\noun on
Robin Socha
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Footnotes 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX cannot yet take care of setting the footnote numbering back to 1 after
 each section in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
article
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\family roman
 document class or changing the counter style.
 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like the following to achieve that:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
setcounter{footnote}{0}
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Using 
\family typewriter

\backslash
setcounter{footnote}{0}
\family roman
 will set the counter back to 1
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
The counter has been set back to 1.
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The following command will change the numbering to small letters.
 Take a look at the next footnote in your xdvi or ghostview 
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
thefootnote}{
\backslash
alph{footnote}}
\end_layout

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
This is an example for a footnote with alphabetic numbering.
\newline
Use
\family typewriter
 
\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
thefootnote {
\backslash
alph{footnote}} 
\family roman
to get this.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The next command sets the counter style back to default, i.e.
 
\family typewriter

\backslash
arabic
\family default

\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Use
\family typewriter
 
\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
thefootnote}{
\backslash
arabic{footnote}}
\family roman
 to set the counter--style back to LyX's default, i.e.
 
\backslash
arabic.
\family default

\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
renewcommand {
\backslash
thefootnote} {
\backslash
arabic{footnote}}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can use 
\family typewriter

\backslash
arabic
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
roman
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
Roman
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
alph
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter

\backslash
Alph
\family default
 and others as counter styles.
 Just replace the LaTeX command in the above example and rerun TeX to see
 what those styles can do.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Margin Notes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here are two examples of neat things you can do to margin notes using LaTeX
 commands.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The following command will make a vertical line appear alongside your text---gre
at for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

thumbing
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

: 
\family typewriter

\backslash
marginpar{
\backslash
rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
\family roman
.
\family default

\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
marginpar{
\backslash
rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Check your dvi- or ghostview-output to see what the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
reversemarginpar 
\family default
command does to the following margin note.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
reversemarginpar
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Marginal
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
This is a 
\newline
margin note.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Multiple Columns
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Lars Gullik Bjønnes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Purpose
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The aim for this chapter
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Editor's note: Lars' original chapter was a masterful description of how
 to use the 
\family typewriter
multicol
\family default
 package.
 However, it was too long to flow smoothly in this document.
 I have therefore chosen to excerpt the most important sections here (sorry,
 Lars); you can read the original chapter (and more of the story!) in the
 example file 
\family typewriter
examples/multicol.lyx
\family default
.
 --- mer
\end_layout

\end_inset

 is to show how the LaTeX package 
\family typewriter
multicol
\family default
 can be used in a LyX document.
 As LyX doesn't support the 
\family typewriter
multicol
\family default
 package natively yet, we have to use some small hacks.
 By reading this section it should be obvious how to do this.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Limitations 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family typewriter
multicol
\family default
 package allows switching between one and multicolumn format on the same
 page.
 Footnotes are handled correctly (for the most part), but will be placed
 at the bottom of the page and not under each column.
 LaTeX's float mechanism, however, is partly disabled in the current implementat
ion.
 At the moment only page-wide floats can be used within the scope of the
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Examples
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Two columns
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you want to have two columns in your text, you have use LaTeX mode to
 insert 
\family typewriter

\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
\family default
 at the point where you want the two column layout to start, and then 
\family typewriter

\backslash
end{multicols}
\family default
 where you want it to end.
 Like this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent

\series bold
\size small
The Adventure of the Empty House
\series default

\newline
by 
\noun on
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\size small
It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and
 the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald
 Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
 The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came
 out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that
 occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong
 that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
 Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those
 missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
 The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to
 me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest
 shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
 Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think
 of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and increduli
ty which utterly submerged my mind.
 Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses
 which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very
 remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge
 with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had
 I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was
 only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{multicols}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Multiple columns
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The same pattern is used when you want more than two columns:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{multicols}{3}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\size footnotesize
It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested
 me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to
 read with care the various problems which came before the public.
 And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction,
 to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success.
 There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald
 Adair.
 As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful
 murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly
 than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the
 death of Sherlock Holmes.
 There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure,
 have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have
 been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation
 and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
 All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and
 found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
 At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts
 as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{multicols}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can have have more than 3 columns if you want to, but that might not
 be very pleasant for the eye.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Columns inside columns
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can even have columns inside columns:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\size footnotesize
The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
 at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
 Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for
 cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together
 at 427 Park Lane.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\size footnotesize
The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies
 and no particular vices.
 He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement
 had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was
 no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
 For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
 for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
 Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most
 strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty
 on the night of March 30, 1894.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{multicols}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\size footnotesize
Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such
 stakes as would hurt him.
 He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs.
 It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played
 a rubber of whist at the latter club.
 He had also played there in the afternoon.

\size default
 
\size footnotesize
The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr.
 Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist,
 and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
 Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more.
 His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way
 affect him.
 He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious
 player, and usually rose a winner.
 It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had
 actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some
 weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
 So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{multicols}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Please do read the file 
\family typewriter
examples/multicol.lyx
\family default
 for more advanced examples including column and header spacing, vertical
 separator lines, and more.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Numbering in the 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 Paragraph Environment
\begin_inset OptArg
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Numbering in Enumerate
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
John Weiss
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
The default numbering for the 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 paragraph environment begins with Arabic numbers and ends with uppercase
 letters.
 Suppose, however, you wanted a different type of numbering scheme.
 Here's a quickie example of how to change the numbering scheme:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
labelenumi}{
\backslash
Roman{enumi}.}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
labelenumii}{
\backslash
Alph{enumii}.}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
labelenumiii}{
\backslash
arabic{enumiii}.}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
labelenumiv}{
\backslash
alph{enumiv}.)}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
 which changes the numbering scheme to uppercase Roman numerals, uppercase
 letters, Arabic numbers, and lowercase letter.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Additionally, the previous example also adds a little bit extra to the numbering
 scheme.
 For example, the first level label actually looks like: 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

I.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 For ease of reading, we'll describe what the numbering schemes look like
 using a notation something like this: <
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

I.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

,\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

A.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

,\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

1.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

,\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

a.)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

>.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As you can see in the example, there is a label command for each nesting
 level, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
labelenumi
\family default
 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 
\family typewriter

\backslash
labelenumiv
\family default
, as well as a counter, 
\family typewriter
enumi
\family default
 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 
\family typewriter
enumiv
\family default
.
 There are also five 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

number printing
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 commands, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
arabic{}
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
roman{}
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
Roman{}
\family default
, 
\family typewriter

\backslash
alph{}
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter

\backslash
Alph{}
\family default
, each of which take one counter as an argument.
 You can add characters before or after these, but there's no need to add
 spaces.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can get really fancy with these.
 For example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
labelenumi}{
\backslash
#
\backslash
Alph{enumi}
\backslash
#}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
labelenumii}{
\backslash
Alph{enumi}.
\backslash
arabic{enumii}}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
labelenumiii}{
\backslash
alph{enumiii}+}
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
labelenumiv}{(
\backslash
roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
produces the somewhat out of hand numbering scheme: <
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

#A#
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

,\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

A.1
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

,\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

a+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

,\InsetSpace ~

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

(i)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

>.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Extra Space Between Table Rows
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Mike Ressler
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
LaTeX allows you to put a bit of extra space between rows in a table by
 giving an optional argument to the end-of-row specifier (
\family typewriter

\backslash

\backslash

\family default
).
 LyX has not yet implemented this in a formal way, so here are two dirty
 little tricks to do the same job.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The first is the more formal, but longwinded way to do it.
 In the LaTeX preamble, add the following command definition: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family typewriter

\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
extratablespace}[1]{
\backslash
noalign{vskip#1}}
\family default
 This command takes a single argument---the amount of space you would like
 to insert.
 Insert the command in the first column of the row 
\emph on
after
\emph default
 where you would like the space to appear.
 Here is an example (I've removed all the borders using 
\family sans
\bar under
L
\bar default
ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Tabl
\bar under
e
\family default
\bar default
):
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Minerals
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Calcite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Dolomite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Quartz
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Graphite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
extratablespace{2ex}
\end_layout

\end_inset

Rocks
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Limestone
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Sandstone
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Granite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Andesite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The second method is faster, but will make typographers and TeXperts all
 over the world groan.
 Simply put an end of row specifier with optional argument at the same spot.
 No fancy definitions are needed as in the above example, but there will
 be more space inserted than you specified because you essentially added
 a blank row plus the extra space.
 If the space added is too much, simply use a negative number, like so:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Minerals
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Calcite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Dolomite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Quartz
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Graphite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash

\backslash
[-1ex]
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Rocks
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Limestone
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Sandstone
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Granite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Andesite
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It's short, sweet, and gets the job done quickly, even if it is really ugly.
 You may put away the rotten vegetables now! I promise I won't suggest anything
 else like that!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Dropped Capitals
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Mike Ressler
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
newfont{
\backslash
tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{
\backslash
tmpfont T}
\backslash
vspace*{-8.4ex}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
hangindent=3.3em 
\backslash
hangafter=-3
\end_layout

\end_inset

 hose of you who like the style of old books probably also like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

dropped capitals
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

---those large capital letters which begin each new chapter or section.
 Implementing them with plain LyX/LaTeX is straightforward (assuming you
 know some plain TeX!) but does require a lot of work and many iterations,
 as you can see by all the ugly TeX-mode stuff at the beginning of this
 paragraph.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
verb+
\backslash
bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{T}+
\end_layout

\end_inset

here is a much easier way of doing this, of course.
 The 
\family typewriter
dropcaps
\family default
 (or the newer 
\family typewriter
dropping
\family default
) package from CTAN allows a simple way to add such letters to your documents.
 Since this package is not a standard part of teTeX, I can't demonstrate
 it within this document, but if you copy this paragraph to a new document,
 delete the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter

\backslash
verb
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and the pluses from the TeX code at the beginning of the paragraph, and
 add 
\family typewriter

\backslash
usepackage{dropcaps}
\family default
 to your LaTeX preamble, you will get a nice Times Roman Italic 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

T
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, whose height is three lines of text and which protrudes 1 em into the
 margin.
 (Make certain you have copied 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
dropcaps.sty
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 into a directory where TeX can see it.) The first argument is the amount
 of indentation; in this case the negative sign moves it into the margin.
 The second argument is the height of the letter in number of lines of text.
 The third argument is the font name: virtually anything which has a tfm
 file should work (wade through the 
\family typewriter
.../texmf/fonts/tfm
\family default
 directory for possibilities).
 My personal favorite is 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
yinit
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, a fancy German font specifically designed for dropped capitals.
 The fourth argument is the letter (or letters) to be dropped.
 The 
\family typewriter
dropping
\family default
 package also offers the 
\family typewriter

\backslash
bigdrop
\family default
 command, as well as a slightly simplified 
\family typewriter

\backslash
dropping
\family default
 command.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
by 
\noun on
Mike Ressler
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
begin{sloppypar}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
newdimen
\backslash
varunit 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
setlength{
\backslash
varunit}{4.5in}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
parshape 19 0.45
\backslash
varunit 0.332
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.40
\backslash
varunit 0.300
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.35
\backslash
varunit 0.293
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.30
\backslash
varunit 0.300
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.25
\backslash
varunit 0.317
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.20
\backslash
varunit 0.342
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.15
\backslash
varunit 0.373
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.10
\backslash
varunit 0.410
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.05
\backslash
varunit 0.453
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.00
\backslash
varunit 0.500
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.05
\backslash
varunit 0.453
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.10
\backslash
varunit 0.410
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.15
\backslash
varunit 0.373
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.20
\backslash
varunit 0.342
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.25
\backslash
varunit 0.317
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.30
\backslash
varunit 0.300
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.35
\backslash
varunit 0.293
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.40
\backslash
varunit 0.300
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

0.45
\backslash
varunit 0.332
\backslash
varunit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\end_layout

\end_inset

There are times when the tyranny of rectangular paragraphs must be overthrown.
 In such situations, a call to the delightful plain TeX command 
\family typewriter

\backslash
parshape
\family default
 is called for.
 As you can see, completely arbitrary shapes can be laid out with a suitable
 set of linelength definitions.
 While this parshape may look a bit silly and useless, one could conceive
 of situations such as finely tuned dropped capitals, word wrapping around
 non-rectangular graphics, etc.
 which will benefit from such handcrafting.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The syntax is 
\family typewriter

\backslash
parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 #nindent #nlength
\family default
, where 
\family typewriter
numlines
\family default
 is the number of lines of text which define the paragraph.
 If there turn out to be fewer lines, the shape is truncated; if there are
 more, the excess lines have the same dimensions as the last line of the
 definition.
 The 
\family typewriter
#nindent
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
#nlength
\family default
 entries specify the indentation of the line from the left margin, and the
 length of the line as measured from that point.
 The shape applies only to the current paragraph; everything is reset to
 normal for the next paragraph.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status inlined

\begin_layout Standard


\backslash
end{sloppypar}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Summary
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As you can see, the examples in this section range from the useful to the
 whimsical.
 While I don't expect that anyone will ever need the paragraph shape demonstrate
d in the last section, the important point is that you can do almost anything
 you want in LyX if you are willing to figure out how to do it in TeX and
 LaTeX.
 TeX is a fantastically powerful typesetting system and all that power is
 available to you since LyX uses it as its backend.
 Happy LyXing!
\end_layout

\end_body
\end_document